1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 
44 using namespace clang;
45 using namespace sema;
46 
47 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
48                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
49   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
50                                Context.getTargetInfo());
51 }
52 
53 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
54 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
55 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
56   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
57   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
58 
59   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
60     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
61         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
62         << call->getSourceRange();
63 
64   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
65   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
66                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
67 
68   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
69     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
70     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
71 }
72 
73 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
74 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
75 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
76   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
77     return true;
78 
79   // First argument should be an integer.
80   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
81   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
82   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
83     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
84       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
85     return true;
86   }
87 
88   // Second argument should be a constant string.
89   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
90   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
91   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
92     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
93       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
94     return true;
95   }
96 
97   TheCall->setType(Ty);
98   return false;
99 }
100 
101 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
102 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
103 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
104   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
105     return true;
106 
107   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
108   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
109   if (ResultType.isNull())
110     return true;
111 
112   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
113   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
114   return false;
115 }
116 
117 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
118   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
119     return true;
120 
121   // First two arguments should be integers.
122   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
123     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
124     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
125     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
126       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
127           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
128       return true;
129     }
130   }
131 
132   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
133   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
134   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
135   {
136     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
137     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
138     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
139     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
140           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
141       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
142           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
143       return true;
144     }
145   }
146 
147   return false;
148 }
149 
150 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
151 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
152                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
153   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
154       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
155     return;
156 
157   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
158   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
159 
160   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
161 
162   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
163   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
164       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
165     return;
166 
167   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
168     return;
169 
170   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
171   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
172   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
173   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
174 
175   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
176 }
177 
178 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
179   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
180     return true;
181 
182   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
183   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
184   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
185   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
186 
187   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
188     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
189         << Call->getSourceRange();
190     return true;
191   }
192 
193   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
194   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
195     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
196         << Call->getSourceRange();
197     return true;
198   }
199 
200   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
201   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
202     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
203       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
204           << Call->getSourceRange();
205       return true;
206     }
207 
208   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
209     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
210         << Call->getSourceRange();
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
215   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
216     return true;
217   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
218     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
219         << Chain->getSourceRange();
220     return true;
221   }
222 
223   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
224   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
225   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
226       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
227   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
228 
229   Builtin =
230       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
231 
232   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
233   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
234   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
236   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
237 
238   return false;
239 }
240 
241 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
242                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
243                                      unsigned DiagID) {
244   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
245   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
246   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
247   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
248     return false;
249 
250   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
251   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
252     S = S->getParent();
253   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
254     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
255     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
256         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
257     return true;
258   }
259 
260   return false;
261 }
262 
263 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
264   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
265 }
266 
267 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
268 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
269 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
270   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
271       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
272   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
273       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
274   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
275   bool IllegalParams = false;
276   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
277   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
278   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
279        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
280     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
281         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
282             LangAS::opencl_local) {
283       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
284       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
285       // else we just point to the variable reference.
286       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
287       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
288         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
289         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
290       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
291         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
292       }
293       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
294              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
295       IllegalParams = true;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   return IllegalParams;
300 }
301 
302 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
303 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
304 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
305 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
306   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
307     return true;
308 
309   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
310   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
311     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
312            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type) << "block";
313     return true;
314   }
315   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
316 }
317 
318 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
319                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End);
320 
321 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
322 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
323 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
324                                            Expr *BlockArg,
325                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
326   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
327       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
328   unsigned NumBlockParams =
329       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
330   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
331 
332   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
333   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
334   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
335     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
336            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
337     return true;
338   }
339 
340   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
341   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
342                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
343 }
344 
345 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
346 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
347 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
348 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
349 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
350 ///                    void (^block)(void))
351 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
352 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
353 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
354 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
355 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
356 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
357 ///                    void (^block)(void))
358 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
359 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
360 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
361 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
362 ///                    uint size0, ...)
363 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
364 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
365 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
366 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
367 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
368 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
369 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
370 ///                    uint size0, ...)
371 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
372   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
373 
374   if (NumArgs < 4) {
375     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
376     return true;
377   }
378 
379   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
380   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
381   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
382   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
383 
384   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
385   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
386     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
387            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
388         << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
389     return true;
390   }
391 
392   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
393   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
394     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
395            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
396         << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
397     return true;
398   }
399 
400   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
401   if (!Arg2->getType()->isNDRangeT()) {
402     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
403            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
404         << S.Context.OCLNDRangeTy;
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
409   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
410   if (NumArgs == 4) {
411     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
412     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
413       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
414           << "block";
415       return true;
416     }
417     // we have a block type, check the prototype
418     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
419         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
420     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
421       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
422              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
423       return true;
424     }
425     return false;
426   }
427   // we can have block + varargs.
428   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
429     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
430             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
431   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
432   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
433     // check common block argument.
434     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
435     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
436       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
437           << "block";
438       return true;
439     }
440     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
441       return true;
442 
443     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
444     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
445       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
446              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
447           << "integer";
448       return true;
449     }
450     // check remaining common arguments.
451     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
452     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
453 
454     // Fith argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
455     if (!Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
456       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
457              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
458           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
459       return true;
460     }
461 
462     // Sixth argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
463     if (!(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
464           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
465       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
466              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
467           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
468       return true;
469     }
470 
471     if (NumArgs == 7)
472       return false;
473 
474     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
475   }
476 
477   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
478   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
479          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
480   return true;
481 }
482 
483 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
484 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
485     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
486 }
487 
488 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
489 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
490   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
491   // First argument type should always be pipe.
492   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
493     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
494         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
495     return true;
496   }
497   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
498       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
499   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
500   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
501   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
502   // specified.
503   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
504   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
505   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
506   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
507   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
508   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
509   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
510   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
511     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
512       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
513              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
514           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
515       return true;
516     }
517     break;
518   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
519   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
520   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
521   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
522   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
523   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
524   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
525     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
526       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
527              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
528           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
529       return true;
530     }
531     break;
532   default:
533     break;
534   }
535   return false;
536 }
537 
538 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
539 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
540   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
541   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
542   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
543   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
544   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
545   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
546   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
547   if (!ArgTy ||
548       !S.Context.hasSameType(
549           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
550     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
551         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
552         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
553     return true;
554   }
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
559 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
560 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
561 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
562 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
563   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
564   // functions have two forms.
565   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
566   case 2: {
567     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
568       return true;
569     // The call with 2 arguments should be
570     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
571     // Check packet type T.
572     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
573       return true;
574   } break;
575 
576   case 4: {
577     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
578       return true;
579     // The call with 4 arguments should be
580     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
581     // Check reserve_id_t.
582     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
583       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
584           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
585           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
586       return true;
587     }
588 
589     // Check the index.
590     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
591     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
592         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
593       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
594           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
595           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
596       return true;
597     }
598 
599     // Check packet type T.
600     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
601       return true;
602   } break;
603   default:
604     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
605         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608 
609   return false;
610 }
611 
612 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
613 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
614 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
615 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
616 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
617 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
618   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
619     return true;
620 
621   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
622     return true;
623 
624   // Check the reserve size.
625   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
626       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
627     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
628         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
629         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
630     return true;
631   }
632 
633   return false;
634 }
635 
636 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
637 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
638 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
639 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
640 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
641 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
642   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
643     return true;
644 
645   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
646     return true;
647 
648   // Check reserve_id_t.
649   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
650     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
651         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
652         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
653     return true;
654   }
655 
656   return false;
657 }
658 
659 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
660 //        Query Functions.
661 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
662 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
663 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
664 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
665   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
666     return true;
667 
668   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
669     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
670         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
671     return true;
672   }
673 
674   return false;
675 }
676 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
677 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
678 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
679 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
680 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
681 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
682 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
683                                     CallExpr *Call) {
684   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
685     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
686         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
687     return true;
688   }
689 
690   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
691   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
692       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
693     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
694         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
695     return true;
696   }
697 
698   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
699   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
700   switch (BuiltinID) {
701   case Builtin::BIto_global:
702     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
703     break;
704   case Builtin::BIto_local:
705     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
706     break;
707   default:
708     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
709   }
710   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
711       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 ExprResult
717 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
718                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
719   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
720 
721   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
722   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
723   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
724   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
725   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
726     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
727 
728   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
729   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
730     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
731     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
732 
733     llvm::APSInt Result;
734     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
735       return true;
736     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
737   }
738 
739   switch (BuiltinID) {
740   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
741     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
742            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
743     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
744       return ExprError();
745     break;
746   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
747   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
748     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
749       return ExprError();
750     break;
751   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
752     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
753     case llvm::Triple::arm:
754     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
755       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
756         return ExprError();
757       break;
758     default:
759       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
760         return ExprError();
761       break;
762     }
763     break;
764   }
765   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
766   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
767   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
768   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
770   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
771     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
772       return ExprError();
773     break;
774   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
775     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
776       return ExprError();
777     break;
778   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
779   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
780   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
781   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
782   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
783     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
784       return ExprError();
785     break;
786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
787     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
788     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
789     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
790   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
791     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
792       return ExprError();
793     break;
794   case Builtin::BI__assume:
795   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
796     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
797       return ExprError();
798     break;
799   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
800     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
801       return ExprError();
802     break;
803   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
804     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
805       return ExprError();
806     break;
807   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
808     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
812     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
813       return ExprError();
814     break;
815   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
816   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
817     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
818       return true;
819     break;
820 
821   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
822     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
823     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
824     break;
825   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
826     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
827     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
828     break;
829   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
830   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
831   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
832   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
833   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
834   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
835   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
836   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
843   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
844   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
845   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
852   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
853   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
854   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
861   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
862   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
863   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
865   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
866   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
867   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
868   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
869   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
870   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
871   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
872   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
873   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
874   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
875   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
876   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
877   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
878   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
879   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
880   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
881   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
882   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
883   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
884   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
885   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
886   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
931     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
932   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
933   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
934     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
935 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
936 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
937   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
938     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
939 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
940   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
941     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
942       return ExprError();
943     break;
944   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
945     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
946       return ExprError();
947     break;
948   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
949   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
950   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
951     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
952       return ExprError();
953     break;
954   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
955   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
956     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
957       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
958         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
959                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
960                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
961         << "C++";
962       return ExprError();
963     }
964     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
965     // so ensure that they are declared.
966     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
967     break;
968 
969   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
970   // are detectable at compile time
971   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
972   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
973   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
974   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
975   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
976   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
977   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
978   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
979     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
980     break;
981   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
982     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
983     break;
984   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
985   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
986     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
987     break;
988   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
989     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
990       return ExprError();
991     break;
992   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
993   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
994     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
995                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
996       return ExprError();
997     break;
998   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
999   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1000     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1001                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1002       return ExprError();
1003     break;
1004   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1005     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1006       return ExprError();
1007 
1008     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1009             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1010             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1011             TheCall))
1012       return ExprError();
1013 
1014     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1015     break;
1016   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1017   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1018   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1019     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1020     // check for the argument.
1021     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1022       return ExprError();
1023     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1024     break;
1025   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1026   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1027   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1028   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1029   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1030   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1031     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1032       return ExprError();
1033     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1034     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1035     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1036     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1037     break;
1038   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1039   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1040   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1041   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1042   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1043   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1044     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1045       return ExprError();
1046     break;
1047   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1048   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1049     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1050       return ExprError();
1051     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1052     break;
1053   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1054   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1055   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1056     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1057       return ExprError();
1058     break;
1059   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1060   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1061     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1062       return ExprError();
1063     break;
1064   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1065   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1066     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1067       return ExprError();
1068   }
1069 
1070   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1071   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1072   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1073     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1074       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1075       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1076       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1077       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1078         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1079           return ExprError();
1080         break;
1081       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1082       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1083         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1084           return ExprError();
1085         break;
1086       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1087       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1088       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1089       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1090         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1091           return ExprError();
1092         break;
1093       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1094         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1095           return ExprError();
1096         break;
1097       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1098       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1099         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1100           return ExprError();
1101         break;
1102       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1103       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1104       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1105         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1106           return ExprError();
1107         break;
1108       default:
1109         break;
1110     }
1111   }
1112 
1113   return TheCallResult;
1114 }
1115 
1116 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1117 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1118   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1119   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1120   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1121   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1122   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1123     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1124   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1125   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1126     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1127   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1128     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1129   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1130   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1131     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1132   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1133     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1134   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1135     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1136     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1137   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1138     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1139     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1140   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1141     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1142     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1143   }
1144   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1148 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1149 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1150 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1151                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1152   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1153   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1154     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1155   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1156     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1157   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1158     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1159   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1160     if (IsInt64Long)
1161       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1162     else
1163       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1164                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1165   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1166     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1167   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1168     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1169   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1170     if (IsInt64Long)
1171       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1172     else
1173       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1174   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1175     break;
1176   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1177     return Context.HalfTy;
1178   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1179     return Context.FloatTy;
1180   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1181     return Context.DoubleTy;
1182   }
1183   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1184 }
1185 
1186 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1187   llvm::APSInt Result;
1188   uint64_t mask = 0;
1189   unsigned TV = 0;
1190   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1191   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1192   switch (BuiltinID) {
1193 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1194 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1195 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1196   }
1197 
1198   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1199   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1200   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1201   if (mask) {
1202     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1203       return true;
1204 
1205     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1206     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1207       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1208         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1209   }
1210 
1211   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1212     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1213     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1214     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1215       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1216     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1217     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1218 
1219     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1220     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
1221     bool IsInt64Long =
1222         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1223     QualType EltTy =
1224         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1225     if (HasConstPtr)
1226       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1227     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1228     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1229     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1230     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1231       return true;
1232     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1233                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1234       return true;
1235   }
1236 
1237   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1238   // instruction, range check them here.
1239   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1240   switch (BuiltinID) {
1241   default:
1242     return false;
1243 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1244 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1245 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1246   }
1247 
1248   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1249 }
1250 
1251 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1252                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1253   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1254           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1255           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1256           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1257           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1258           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1259           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1260           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1261          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1262   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1263                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1264                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1265                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1266 
1267   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1268 
1269   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1270   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1271     return true;
1272 
1273   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1274   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1275   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1276   // casts here.
1277   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1278   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1279   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1280     return true;
1281   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1282 
1283   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1284   if (!pointerType) {
1285     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1286       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1287     return true;
1288   }
1289 
1290   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1291   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1292   // what the appropriate type is.
1293   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1294   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1295   if (IsLdrex)
1296     AddrType.addConst();
1297 
1298   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1299   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1300   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1301     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1302     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1303       << PointerArg->getType()
1304       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1305       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1306   }
1307 
1308   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1309   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1310   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1311   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1312     return true;
1313   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1314 
1315   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1316 
1317   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1318   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1319       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1320     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1321       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1322     return true;
1323   }
1324 
1325   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1326   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1327     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1328     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1329       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1330     return true;
1331   }
1332 
1333   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1334   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1335   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1336     // okay
1337     break;
1338 
1339   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1340   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1341   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1342     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1343       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1344     return true;
1345   }
1346 
1347   if (IsLdrex) {
1348     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1349     return false;
1350   }
1351 
1352   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1353   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1354   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1355       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1356   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1357   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1358     return true;
1359   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1360 
1361   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1362   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1363   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1364   return false;
1365 }
1366 
1367 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1368   llvm::APSInt Result;
1369 
1370   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1371       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1372       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1373       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1374     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1375   }
1376 
1377   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1378     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1379       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1380   }
1381 
1382   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1383       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1384     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1385 
1386   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1387       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1388       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1389       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1390     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1391 
1392   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1393     return true;
1394 
1395   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1396   // range check them here.
1397   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1398   switch (BuiltinID) {
1399   default: return false;
1400   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1401   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1402   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1403   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1404   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1405   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1406   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1407   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1408   }
1409 
1410   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1411   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1412 }
1413 
1414 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1415                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1416   llvm::APSInt Result;
1417 
1418   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1419       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1420       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1421       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1422     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1423   }
1424 
1425   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1426     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1427       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1428       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1429       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1430   }
1431 
1432   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1433       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1434     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1435 
1436   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1437       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1438       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1439       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1440     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1441 
1442   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1443     return true;
1444 
1445   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1446   // range check them here.
1447   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1448   switch (BuiltinID) {
1449   default: return false;
1450   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1451   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1452   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1453   }
1454 
1455   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1456 }
1457 
1458 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1459   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1460   switch (BuiltinID) {
1461   default: return false;
1462   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1463   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1464   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1465   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1466   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1467   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1468   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1469   }
1470 
1471   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1472 }
1473 
1474 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1475   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1476   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1477                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1478                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1479   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1480                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1481                                             .getTargetInfo()
1482                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1483   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1484                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1485                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1486                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1487 
1488   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1489       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1490              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1491 
1492   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1493       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1494        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1495     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1496            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1497 
1498   switch (BuiltinID) {
1499   default: return false;
1500   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1501   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1502     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1503            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1504   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1505   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1506   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1507   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1508   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1509   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1510   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1511     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1512            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1513   }
1514   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1515 }
1516 
1517 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1518                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1519   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1520     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1521     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1522     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1523         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1524       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1525              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1526   }
1527 
1528   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1529   // range check them here.
1530   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1531   switch (BuiltinID) {
1532   default: return false;
1533   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1534   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1535   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1536   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1537   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1538   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1539   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1540   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1541   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1542   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1543   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1544   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1545   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1546   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1547   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1548   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1549   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1550   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1551     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1552            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1553   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1554   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1555   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1556   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1557   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1558   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1559   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1560   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1561   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1562   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1563   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1564   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1565   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1566   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1567   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1568   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1569   }
1570   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1571 }
1572 
1573 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1574 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1575 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1576 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1577   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1578 
1579   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1580   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1581     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1582            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1583 
1584   // Check the contents of the string.
1585   StringRef Feature =
1586       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1587   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1588     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1589            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1590   return false;
1591 }
1592 
1593 static bool isX86_64Builtin(unsigned BuiltinID) {
1594   // These builtins only work on x86-64 targets.
1595   switch (BuiltinID) {
1596   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u64:
1597   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarry_u64:
1598   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subborrow_u64:
1599   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_readeflags_u64:
1600   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_writeeflags_u64:
1601   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextr_u64:
1602   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextri_u64:
1603   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bzhi_di:
1604   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pdep_di:
1605   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pext_di:
1606   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_crc32di:
1607   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fxsave64:
1608   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fxrstor64:
1609   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsave64:
1610   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xrstor64:
1611   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsaveopt64:
1612   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xrstors64:
1613   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsavec64:
1614   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xsaves64:
1615   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdfsbase64:
1616   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdgsbase64:
1617   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_wrfsbase64:
1618   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_wrgsbase64:
1619   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq512_gpr_mask:
1620   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq256_gpr_mask:
1621   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastq128_gpr_mask:
1622   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1623   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1624   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1625   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1626   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1627   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1628   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1629   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1630   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtss2si64:
1631   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttss2si64:
1632   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2si64:
1633   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttsd2si64:
1634   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd64:
1635   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss64:
1636   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1637   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1638   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rdseed64_step:
1639     return true;
1640   }
1641 
1642   return false;
1643 }
1644 
1645 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1646 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1647   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1648   bool HasRC = false;
1649 
1650   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1651   switch (BuiltinID) {
1652   default:
1653     return false;
1654   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1655   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1656   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1657   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1658   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1659   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1660   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1661   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1662     ArgNum = 1;
1663     break;
1664   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1665   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1666   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1667   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1668   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1669   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1670   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1671   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1672   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1673   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1674   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1675   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1676   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1677   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1678   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1679   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1680   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1681   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1682   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1683   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1684     ArgNum = 3;
1685     break;
1686   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1687   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1688   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1689   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1690   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1691   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1692   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1693   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1694   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1695   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1696   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1697   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1698   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1699   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1700     ArgNum = 4;
1701     break;
1702   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1703   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1704   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1705   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1706   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1707   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1708   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1709   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1710   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1711   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1712   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1713   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1714   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1715   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1716   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1717   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1718     ArgNum = 5;
1719     break;
1720   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1721   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1722   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1723   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1724   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1725   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1726   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1727   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1728     ArgNum = 1;
1729     HasRC = true;
1730     break;
1731   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1732   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1733   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1734     ArgNum = 2;
1735     HasRC = true;
1736     break;
1737   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1738   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1739   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1740   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1741   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1742   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1743   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1744   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1745   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1746   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1747   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1748     ArgNum = 3;
1749     HasRC = true;
1750     break;
1751   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1752   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1753   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1754   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1755   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1756   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1757   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1758   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1759   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1760   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1761   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1762   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1763   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1764   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1765   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1766   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
1767   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
1768   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
1769   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
1770   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
1771   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
1772   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
1773   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
1774   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
1775   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
1776   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
1777   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
1778   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
1779   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
1780   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
1781   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
1782   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
1783   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
1784   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
1785   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
1786   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
1787   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
1788   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
1789   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
1790   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
1791   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
1792   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
1793   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
1794   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
1795   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
1796   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
1797   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
1798   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
1799   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
1800   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
1801     ArgNum = 4;
1802     HasRC = true;
1803     break;
1804   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1805   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1806     ArgNum = 5;
1807     HasRC = true;
1808     break;
1809   }
1810 
1811   llvm::APSInt Result;
1812 
1813   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1814   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1815   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1816     return false;
1817 
1818   // Check constant-ness first.
1819   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
1820     return true;
1821 
1822   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
1823   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
1824   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
1825   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
1826       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
1827       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
1828     return false;
1829 
1830   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
1831     << Arg->getSourceRange();
1832 }
1833 
1834 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1835   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
1836     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1837 
1838   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start)
1839     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1840 
1841   // Check for 64-bit only builtins on a 32-bit target.
1842   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
1843   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64 && isX86_64Builtin(BuiltinID))
1844     return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1845                 diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
1846 
1847   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
1848   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1849     return true;
1850 
1851   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1852   // range check them here.
1853   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1854   switch (BuiltinID) {
1855   default:
1856     return false;
1857   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x4_mask:
1858   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x4_mask:
1859   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x8_mask:
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x8_mask:
1861   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_256_mask:
1862   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_256_mask:
1863   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_256_mask:
1864   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_256_mask:
1865     i = 1; l = 0; u = 1;
1866     break;
1867   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
1868   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_mask:
1869   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_mask:
1870   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_512_mask:
1871   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_512_mask:
1872     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
1873     break;
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x8_mask:
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x8_mask:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x4_mask:
1877   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x4_mask:
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_256_mask:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_256_mask:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_256_mask:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_256_mask:
1882     i = 2; l = 0; u = 1;
1883     break;
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_512_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_512_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_mask:
1893     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
1894     break;
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
1899     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
1900     break;
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
1903   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
1904   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
1912   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
1924   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
1925   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
1926   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
1928   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
1929   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
1930   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
1931   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
1932   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
1933     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
1934     break;
1935   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
1936   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
1937   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
1938   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
1939     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
1940     break;
1941   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
1942   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
1943   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
1944   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
1945   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1946   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
1947   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
1948   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1949   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1950   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1951     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
1952     break;
1953   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
1954   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
1955   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
1956   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
1957   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
1958   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
1959   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
1960   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
1961   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
1962   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
1963   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1964   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1965   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1966   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1967     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
1968     break;
1969   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
1970     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
1971     break;
1972   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
1973   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
1974     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
1975     break;
1976   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
1977   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
1978   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
1979   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
1980   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
1981   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
1982   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1983   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1984   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
1985   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
1986   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1987   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
1988   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
1989   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1990   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
1991   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
1992   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
1993   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
1994   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
1995   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
1996   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
1997   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
1998   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
1999   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2000   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi512_mask:
2001   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi128_mask:
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi256_mask:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi128_mask:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi256_mask:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi512_mask:
2006   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi128_mask:
2007   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi256_mask:
2008   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi512_mask:
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi512_mask:
2010   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi128_mask:
2011   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi256_mask:
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi512_mask:
2013   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi128_mask:
2014   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi256_mask:
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi128_mask:
2016   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi256_mask:
2017   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi512_mask:
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi128_mask:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi256_mask:
2020   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi512_mask:
2021   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi128_mask:
2022   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi256_mask:
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi512_mask:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi128_mask:
2025   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi256_mask:
2026   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi512_mask:
2027   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2028   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2029   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2030   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2031   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2032   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2033   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2034   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2035     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2036     break;
2037   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2038   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2039   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2040   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2041   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2042   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2043   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2044   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2045   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2046   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2047   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2048   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2049   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2050   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2051   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2052   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2053   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2054   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2055   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2056     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2057     break;
2058   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2059   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2060   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128_mask:
2061   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256_mask:
2062   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2063   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
2064   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
2065   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
2066   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
2067   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
2068   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
2069   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2070   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2071   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2072   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2073   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2074   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2075   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2076   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2077   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2078     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2079     break;
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2081   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2082   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2084   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2085   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2086   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2087   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2088   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2089   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2091   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2092   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2108     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2109     break;
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2117     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2118     break;
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2121     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2122     break;
2123   }
2124   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2125 }
2126 
2127 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2128 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2129 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2130 /// been populated.
2131 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2132                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2133   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2134   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2135   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2136 
2137   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2138   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2139   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2140   if (IsCXXMember) {
2141     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2142       return false;
2143     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2144     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2145       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2146   }
2147   return true;
2148 }
2149 
2150 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2151 ///
2152 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2153 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2154   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2155   if (auto nullability
2156         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2157     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2158       return false;
2159   }
2160 
2161   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2162   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2163   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2164     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2165       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2166           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2167         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2168             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2169           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2170   }
2171 
2172   bool Result;
2173   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2174           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2175           !Result);
2176 }
2177 
2178 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2179                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2180                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2181   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2182     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2183            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2184 }
2185 
2186 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2187   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2188   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2189       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2190     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2191     return true;
2192   }
2193   return false;
2194 }
2195 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2196 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2197 static void
2198 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2199                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2200                                         Expr **Args,
2201                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2202   unsigned Idx = 0;
2203   bool Format = false;
2204   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2205   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2206     Idx = 2;
2207     Format = true;
2208   }
2209   else
2210     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2211       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2212         Format = true;
2213         break;
2214       }
2215     }
2216   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2217     return;
2218   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2219   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2220     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2221   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2222   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2223       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2224     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2225   else
2226     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2227   if (!FormatString)
2228     return;
2229   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2230     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2231       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2232     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2233       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2234   }
2235 }
2236 
2237 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2238 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2239   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2240     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2241 
2242   return false;
2243 }
2244 
2245 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2246                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2247                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2248                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2249                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2250   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2251 
2252   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2253   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2254   if (FDecl) {
2255     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2256     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2257       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2258         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2259         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2260           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2261             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2262         return;
2263       }
2264 
2265       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2266         if (Val >= Args.size())
2267           continue;
2268         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2269           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2270         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2271       }
2272     }
2273   }
2274 
2275   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2276     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2277     // function/method.
2278     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2279     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2280       parms = FD->parameters();
2281     else
2282       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2283 
2284     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2285     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2286          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2287       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2288       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2289           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2290         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2291           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2292 
2293         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2294       }
2295     }
2296   } else {
2297     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2298     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2299     if (!Proto) {
2300       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2301         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2302         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2303           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2304         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2305           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2306         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2307 
2308         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2309         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2310       }
2311     }
2312 
2313     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2314     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2315     if (Proto) {
2316       unsigned Index = 0;
2317       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2318         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2319           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2320             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2321 
2322           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2323         }
2324 
2325         ++Index;
2326       }
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330   // Check for non-null arguments.
2331   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2332        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2333     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2334       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2335   }
2336 }
2337 
2338 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2339 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
2340 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2341                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
2342                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2343                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
2344   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2345   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2346     return;
2347 
2348   // Printf and scanf checking.
2349   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2350   if (FDecl) {
2351     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2352       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2353       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2354 
2355       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2356                            CheckedVarArgs);
2357     }
2358   }
2359 
2360   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2361   // checks above.
2362   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
2363     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2364                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2365                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2366                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2367                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2368                        : 0;
2369 
2370     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2371       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2372       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2373         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2374           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2375       }
2376     }
2377   }
2378 
2379   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2380     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2381 
2382     // Type safety checking.
2383     if (FDecl) {
2384       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2385         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2386     }
2387   }
2388 }
2389 
2390 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2391 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2392 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2393                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2394                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2395                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2396   VariadicCallType CallType =
2397     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2398   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
2399             CallType);
2400 }
2401 
2402 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2403 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2404 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2405                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2406   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2407                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2408   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2409                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2410   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2411                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2412   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2413   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2414   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2415     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2416     // from checkCall.
2417     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2418     ++Args;
2419     --NumArgs;
2420   }
2421   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2422             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2423             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2424 
2425   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2426   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2427   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2428   if (!FnInfo)
2429     return false;
2430 
2431   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
2432   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2433     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2434 
2435   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2436   if (CMId == 0)
2437     return false;
2438 
2439   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2440   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2441     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2442   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2443     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2444   else
2445     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2446 
2447   return false;
2448 }
2449 
2450 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2451                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2452   VariadicCallType CallType =
2453       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2454 
2455   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
2456             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2457             CallType);
2458 
2459   return false;
2460 }
2461 
2462 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2463                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2464   QualType Ty;
2465   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2466     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2467   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2468     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2469   else
2470     return false;
2471 
2472   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2473       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2474     return false;
2475 
2476   VariadicCallType CallType;
2477   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2478     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2479   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2480     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2481   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2482     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2483   }
2484 
2485   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2486             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2487             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2488             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2489 
2490   return false;
2491 }
2492 
2493 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2494 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2495 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2496   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2497                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2498   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2499             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2500             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2501             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2502 
2503   return false;
2504 }
2505 
2506 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2507   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2508     return false;
2509 
2510   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2511   switch (Op) {
2512   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2513     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2514 
2515   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2516   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2517   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2518     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2519            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2520 
2521   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2522   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2523   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2524     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2525            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2526            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2527 
2528   default:
2529     return true;
2530   }
2531 }
2532 
2533 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2534                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2535   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2536   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2537 
2538   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2539   enum {
2540     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2541     Init,
2542     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2543     Load,
2544     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2545     LoadCopy,
2546     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2547     Copy,
2548     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2549     Arithmetic,
2550     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2551     Xchg,
2552     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2553     GNUXchg,
2554     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2555     C11CmpXchg,
2556     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2557     GNUCmpXchg
2558   } Form = Init;
2559   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2560   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2561   // where:
2562   //   C is an appropriate type,
2563   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2564   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2565   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2566   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2567 
2568   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2569                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2570                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2571                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2572   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2573                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2574   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2575              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2576              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2577              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2578   bool IsAddSub = false;
2579 
2580   switch (Op) {
2581   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2582     Form = Init;
2583     break;
2584 
2585   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2586   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2587     Form = Load;
2588     break;
2589 
2590   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2591     Form = LoadCopy;
2592     break;
2593 
2594   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2595   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2596   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2597     Form = Copy;
2598     break;
2599 
2600   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2601   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2602   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2603   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2604   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2605   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2606     IsAddSub = true;
2607     // Fall through.
2608   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2609   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2610   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2611   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2612   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2613   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2614   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2615   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2616   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2617   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2618   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2619     Form = Arithmetic;
2620     break;
2621 
2622   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2623   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2624     Form = Xchg;
2625     break;
2626 
2627   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2628     Form = GNUXchg;
2629     break;
2630 
2631   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2632   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2633     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2634     break;
2635 
2636   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2637   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2638     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2639     break;
2640   }
2641 
2642   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2643   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2644     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2645       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2646       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2647     return ExprError();
2648   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2649     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2650          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2651       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2652       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2653     return ExprError();
2654   }
2655 
2656   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2657   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2658   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2659   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2660     return ExprError();
2661 
2662   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2663   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2664   if (!pointerType) {
2665     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2666       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2667     return ExprError();
2668   }
2669 
2670   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2671   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2672   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2673   if (IsC11) {
2674     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2675       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2676         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2677       return ExprError();
2678     }
2679     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2680       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2681         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2682       return ExprError();
2683     }
2684     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2685   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2686     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2687       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2688         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2689       return ExprError();
2690     }
2691   }
2692 
2693   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2694   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2695     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2696     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2697       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2698         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2699       return ExprError();
2700     }
2701     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2702       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2703         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2704       return ExprError();
2705     }
2706     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2707         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2708                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2709       return ExprError();
2710     }
2711   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2712     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2713     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2714     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2715       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2716     return ExprError();
2717   }
2718 
2719   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2720       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2721     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2722     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2723     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2724       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2725     return ExprError();
2726   }
2727 
2728   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2729   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2730   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2731     // okay
2732     break;
2733 
2734   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2735   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2736   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2737     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2738     // to be trivially copyable.
2739     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2740       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2741     return ExprError();
2742   }
2743 
2744   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2745   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2746   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2747   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2748   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2749   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2750   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2751     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2752   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2753     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2754 
2755   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2756   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2757   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2758   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2759     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2760 
2761   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2762   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2763   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2764   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2765     QualType Ty;
2766     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2767       switch (i) {
2768       case 1:
2769         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2770         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2771         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2772         // by-value.
2773         assert(Form != Load);
2774         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2775           Ty = ValType;
2776         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2777           Ty = ByValType;
2778         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2779           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2780         else {
2781           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2782           unsigned AS = 0;
2783           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2784           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2785                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2786             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2787           }
2788           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2789               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2790         }
2791         break;
2792       case 2:
2793         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2794         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2795         Ty = ByValType;
2796         break;
2797       case 3:
2798         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2799         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2800         break;
2801       }
2802     } else {
2803       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2804       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2805     }
2806 
2807     InitializedEntity Entity =
2808         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2809     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2810     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2811     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2812       return true;
2813     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2814   }
2815 
2816   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2817   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2818   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2819   switch (Form) {
2820   case Init:
2821     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2822     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2823     break;
2824   case Load:
2825     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2826     break;
2827   case LoadCopy:
2828   case Copy:
2829   case Arithmetic:
2830   case Xchg:
2831     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2832     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2833     break;
2834   case GNUXchg:
2835     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2836     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2837     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2838     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2839     break;
2840   case C11CmpXchg:
2841     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2842     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2843     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2844     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2845     break;
2846   case GNUCmpXchg:
2847     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2848     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2849     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2850     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2851     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2852     break;
2853   }
2854 
2855   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2856     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2857     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2858         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2859       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2860            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2861           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2862   }
2863 
2864   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2865                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2866                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2867 
2868   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2869        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2870       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2871     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2872     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2873 
2874   return AE;
2875 }
2876 
2877 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2878 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2879 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2880 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2881 /// them.
2882 ///
2883 /// Returns true on error.
2884 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
2885   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
2886   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
2887 
2888   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
2889   InitializedEntity Entity =
2890     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
2891 
2892   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
2893   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2894   if (Arg.isInvalid())
2895     return true;
2896 
2897   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
2898   return false;
2899 }
2900 
2901 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
2902 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
2903 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
2904 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
2905 /// void(...).
2906 ///
2907 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2908 /// builtins,
2909 ExprResult
2910 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
2911   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
2912   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2913   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
2914 
2915   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
2916   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
2917     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2918       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2919       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2920     return ExprError();
2921   }
2922 
2923   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
2924   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
2925   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
2926   // casts here.
2927   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
2928   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2929   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
2930   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
2931     return ExprError();
2932   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
2933   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
2934 
2935   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2936   if (!pointerType) {
2937     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2938       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2939     return ExprError();
2940   }
2941 
2942   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2943   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
2944       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2945     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
2946       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2947     return ExprError();
2948   }
2949 
2950   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2951   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2952   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2953     // okay
2954     break;
2955 
2956   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2957   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2958   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2959     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2960       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2961     return ExprError();
2962   }
2963 
2964   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
2965   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
2966 
2967   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
2968   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
2969   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2970 
2971   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
2972   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
2973   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
2974 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
2975   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
2976     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
2977 
2978   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
2979     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
2980     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
2981     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
2982     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
2983     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
2984     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
2985 
2986     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
2987     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
2988     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
2989     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
2990     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
2991     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
2992 
2993     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
2994     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
2995     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
2996     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
2997     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
2998   };
2999 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3000 
3001   // Determine the index of the size.
3002   unsigned SizeIndex;
3003   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3004   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3005   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3006   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3007   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3008   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3009   default:
3010     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3011       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3012     return ExprError();
3013   }
3014 
3015   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3016   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3017   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3018   // as the number of fixed args.
3019   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3020   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3021   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3022   switch (BuiltinID) {
3023   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3024   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3025   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3026   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3027   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3028   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3029   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3030     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3031     break;
3032 
3033   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3034   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3035   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3036   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3037   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3038   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3039     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3040     break;
3041 
3042   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3043   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3044   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3045   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3046   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3047   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3048     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3049     break;
3050 
3051   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3052   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3053   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3054   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3055   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3056   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3057     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3058     break;
3059 
3060   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3061   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3062   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3063   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3064   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3065   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3066     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3067     break;
3068 
3069   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3070   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3071   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3072   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3073   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3074   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3075     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3076     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3077     break;
3078 
3079   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3080   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3081   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3082   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3083   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3084   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3085     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3086     break;
3087 
3088   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3089   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3090   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3091   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3092   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3093   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3094     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3095     break;
3096 
3097   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3098   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3099   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3100   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3101   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3102   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3103     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3104     break;
3105 
3106   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3107   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3108   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3109   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3110   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3111   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3112     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3113     break;
3114 
3115   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3116   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3117   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3118   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3119   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3120   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3121     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3122     break;
3123 
3124   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3125   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3126   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3127   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3128   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3129   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3130     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3131     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3132     break;
3133 
3134   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3135   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3136   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3137   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3138   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3139   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3140     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3141     NumFixed = 2;
3142     break;
3143 
3144   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3145   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3146   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3147   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3148   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3149   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3150     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3151     NumFixed = 2;
3152     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3153     break;
3154 
3155   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3156   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3157   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3158   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3159   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3160   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3161     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3162     break;
3163 
3164   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3165   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3166   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3167   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3168   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3169   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3170     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3171     NumFixed = 0;
3172     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3173     break;
3174 
3175   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3176   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3177   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3178   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3179   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3180   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3181     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3182     break;
3183   }
3184 
3185   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3186   // have at least that many.
3187   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3188     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3189       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3190       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3191     return ExprError();
3192   }
3193 
3194   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3195     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3196       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3197   }
3198 
3199   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3200   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3201   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3202   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3203   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3204   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3205     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3206   else {
3207     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3208     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3209     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3210     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3211     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3212     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3213     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3214       return ExprError();
3215   }
3216 
3217   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3218   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3219   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3220   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3221     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3222 
3223     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3224     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3225     // Initialize the argument.
3226     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3227                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3228     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3229     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3230       return ExprError();
3231 
3232     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3233     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3234     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3235     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3236     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3237     // FIXME: Do this check.
3238     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3239   }
3240 
3241   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3242 
3243   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3244   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3245       Context,
3246       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3247       SourceLocation(),
3248       NewBuiltinDecl,
3249       /*enclosing*/ false,
3250       DRE->getLocation(),
3251       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3252       DRE->getValueKind());
3253 
3254   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3255   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3256   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3257   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3258                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3259   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3260 
3261   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3262   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3263   // gracefully.
3264   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3265 
3266   return TheCallResult;
3267 }
3268 
3269 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3270 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3271 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3272 ///
3273 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3274 /// builtins.
3275 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3276   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3277   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3278       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3279   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3280   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3281   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3282           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3283          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3284   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3285   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3286 
3287   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3288   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3289     return ExprError();
3290 
3291   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3292   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3293   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3294   // casts here.
3295   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3296   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3297       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3298 
3299   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3300     return ExprError();
3301   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3302   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3303 
3304   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3305   if (!pointerType) {
3306     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3307         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3308     return ExprError();
3309   }
3310 
3311   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3312 
3313   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3314   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3315   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3316       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3317       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3318     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3319          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3320         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3321     return ExprError();
3322   }
3323 
3324   if (!isStore) {
3325     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3326     return TheCallResult;
3327   }
3328 
3329   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3330   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3331       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3332   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3333   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3334     return ExprError();
3335 
3336   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3337   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3338   return TheCallResult;
3339 }
3340 
3341 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3342 /// CFString constructor is correct
3343 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3344 /// simplify the backend).
3345 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3346   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3347   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3348 
3349   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3350     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3351       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3352     return true;
3353   }
3354 
3355   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3356     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3357     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3358     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3359     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3360     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3361 
3362     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3363         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3364                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3365     // Check for conversion failure.
3366     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3367       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3368            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3369   }
3370   return false;
3371 }
3372 
3373 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3374 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3375 /// on success.
3376 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3377   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3378   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3379     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3380          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3381       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3382       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3383       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3384                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3385     return true;
3386   }
3387 
3388   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3389     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3390       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3391       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3392   }
3393 
3394   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3395   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3396     return true;
3397 
3398   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3399   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
3400   bool isVariadic;
3401   if (CurBlock)
3402     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3403   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3404     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3405   else
3406     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
3407 
3408   if (!isVariadic) {
3409     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3410     return true;
3411   }
3412 
3413   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3414   // current function or method.
3415   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3416   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3417 
3418   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3419   // block.
3420   QualType Type;
3421   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3422   bool IsCRegister = false;
3423 
3424   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3425     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3426       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3427       // Get the last formal in the current function.
3428       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
3429       if (CurBlock)
3430         LastArg = CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters().back();
3431       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3432         LastArg = FD->parameters().back();
3433       else
3434         LastArg = getCurMethodDecl()->parameters().back();
3435       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
3436 
3437       Type = PV->getType();
3438       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3439       IsCRegister =
3440           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3441     }
3442   }
3443 
3444   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3445     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3446          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3447   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3448            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3449              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3450              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3451              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3452                return false;
3453              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3454                return true;
3455              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3456              return !(ED &&
3457                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3458            }()) {
3459     unsigned Reason = 0;
3460     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3461     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3462     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3463     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3464   }
3465 
3466   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3467   return false;
3468 }
3469 
3470 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
3471 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
3472 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3473 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3474   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3475   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3476   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3477   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3478   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3479     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3480     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3481     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3482       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3483     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3484         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3485       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3486                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3487              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3488   }
3489   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3490 }
3491 
3492 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3493 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3494 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3495 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3496   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3497   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3498   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3499   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3500     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3501   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3502   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3503   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3504     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3505   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3506       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3507     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3508                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3509   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3510 }
3511 
3512 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3513   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3514   //                 const char *named_addr);
3515 
3516   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3517 
3518   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3519     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3520                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3521            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3522 
3523   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3524   bool IsVariadic;
3525   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3526     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3527   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3528     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3529   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3530     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3531   else
3532     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3533 
3534   if (!IsVariadic) {
3535     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3536     return true;
3537   }
3538 
3539   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3540   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3541     return true;
3542 
3543   const struct {
3544     unsigned ArgNo;
3545     QualType Type;
3546   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3547     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3548     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3549   };
3550 
3551   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3552     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3553     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3554       continue;
3555     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3556       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3557       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3558       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3559   }
3560 
3561   return false;
3562 }
3563 
3564 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3565 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3566 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3567   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3568     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3569       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3570   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3571     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3572                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3573       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3574       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3575                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3576 
3577   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3578   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3579 
3580   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3581   // type.
3582   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3583   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3584     return true;
3585 
3586   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3587   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3588   // foo(...)".
3589   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3590   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3591 
3592   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3593     return false;
3594 
3595   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3596   // invalid for this operation.
3597   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3598     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3599                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3600       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3601       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3602 
3603   return false;
3604 }
3605 
3606 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3607 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3608 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3609 /// value.
3610 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3611   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3612     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3613       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3614   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3615     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3616                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3617       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3618       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3619                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3620 
3621   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3622 
3623   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3624     return false;
3625 
3626   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3627   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3628     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3629                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3630       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3631 
3632   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3633   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3634     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3635     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3636       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3637              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3638       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3639       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3640     }
3641   }
3642 
3643   return false;
3644 }
3645 
3646 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3647 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3648 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3649   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3650     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3651                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3652                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3653                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3654 
3655   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3656   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3657   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3658   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3659   unsigned numElements = 0;
3660 
3661   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3662       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3663     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3664     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3665 
3666     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3667       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3668                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3669                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3670                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3671 
3672     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3673     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3674 
3675     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3676     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3677     // same number of elts as lhs.
3678     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3679       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3680           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3681         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3682                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3683                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3684                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3685     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3686       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3687                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3688                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3689                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3690     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3691       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3692       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3693                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3694     }
3695   }
3696 
3697   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3698     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3699         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3700       continue;
3701 
3702     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3703     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3704       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3705                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3706                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3707 
3708     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3709     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3710       continue;
3711 
3712     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3713       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3714                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3715                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3716   }
3717 
3718   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3719 
3720   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3721     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3722     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3723   }
3724 
3725   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3726                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3727                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3728 }
3729 
3730 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3731 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3732                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3733                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3734   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3735   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3736   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3737   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3738 
3739   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3740     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3741                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3742                      << E->getSourceRange());
3743   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3744     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3745                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3746 
3747   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3748     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3749     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3750     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3751       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3752                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3753                        << E->getSourceRange());
3754   }
3755 
3756   return new (Context)
3757       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3758 }
3759 
3760 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3761 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3762 // optional constant int args.
3763 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3764   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3765 
3766   if (NumArgs > 3)
3767     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3768              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3769              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3770              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3771 
3772   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3773   // constant integers.
3774   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3775     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3776       return true;
3777 
3778   return false;
3779 }
3780 
3781 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3782 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3783 // has side effects.
3784 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3785   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3786   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3787 
3788   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3789     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3790       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3791       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3792 
3793   return false;
3794 }
3795 
3796 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3797 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3798 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3799   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3800 
3801   if (NumArgs > 3)
3802     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3803              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3804              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3805              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3806 
3807   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3808   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3809 
3810   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3811   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3812     llvm::APSInt Result;
3813     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3814       return true;
3815 
3816     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3817       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3818                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3819            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3820   }
3821 
3822   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3823     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3824     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3825       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3826     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3827     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3828     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3829   }
3830 
3831   return false;
3832 }
3833 
3834 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3835 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
3836 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3837                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
3838   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3839   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3840   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3841 
3842   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
3843 
3844   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3845     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
3846                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
3847 
3848   return false;
3849 }
3850 
3851 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3852 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
3853 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3854                                        int Low, int High) {
3855   llvm::APSInt Result;
3856 
3857   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3858   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3859   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3860     return false;
3861 
3862   // Check constant-ness first.
3863   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
3864     return true;
3865 
3866   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
3867     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
3868       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
3869 
3870   return false;
3871 }
3872 
3873 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3874 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
3875 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
3876                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
3877                                     bool AllowName) {
3878   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3879                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3880                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3881                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3882                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3883                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3884   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3885                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3886                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3887                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3888                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3889                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3890   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
3891 
3892   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3893   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3894   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3895     return false;
3896 
3897   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
3898   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3899     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
3900            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3901 
3902   // Check the type of special register given.
3903   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
3904   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
3905   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
3906 
3907   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
3908     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3909            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3910 
3911   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
3912   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
3913   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
3914   // ranges.
3915   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
3916     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
3917 
3918     bool ValidString = true;
3919     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
3920       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
3921                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
3922       if (ValidString)
3923         Fields[0] =
3924           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
3925 
3926       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
3927       if (ValidString)
3928         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
3929 
3930       if (FiveFields) {
3931         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
3932         if (ValidString)
3933           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
3934       }
3935     }
3936 
3937     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
3938     if (FiveFields)
3939       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
3940     else
3941       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
3942 
3943     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
3944       int IntField;
3945       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
3946       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
3947     }
3948 
3949     if (!ValidString)
3950       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3951              << Arg->getSourceRange();
3952 
3953   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
3954     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
3955     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
3956     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
3957     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
3958     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
3959     // compile time.
3960     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
3961       return false;
3962 
3963     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
3964     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
3965         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
3966       return false;
3967 
3968     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
3969   }
3970 
3971   return false;
3972 }
3973 
3974 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
3975 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
3976 /// that val is a constant 1.
3977 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3978   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
3979     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
3980              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
3981 
3982   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3983   llvm::APSInt Result;
3984 
3985   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
3986   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3987     return true;
3988 
3989   if (Result != 1)
3990     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
3991              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
3992 
3993   return false;
3994 }
3995 
3996 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
3997 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
3998 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3999   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4000     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4001              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4002   return false;
4003 }
4004 
4005 namespace {
4006 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4007   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4008   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4009   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4010 
4011 public:
4012   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4013 
4014   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4015     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4016   }
4017 
4018   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4019     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4020     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4021   }
4022 
4023   void setAllCovered() {
4024     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4025     // the diagnostics.
4026     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4027     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4028   }
4029 
4030   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4031     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4032 
4033     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4034     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4035       return;
4036 
4037     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4038     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4039     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4040       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4041     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4042       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4043       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4044       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4045     }
4046   }
4047 
4048   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4049 };
4050 
4051 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4052   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4053   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4054   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4055 };
4056 } // end anonymous namespace
4057 
4058 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4059                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4060                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4061   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4062   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4063   // There might be negative interim results.
4064   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4065     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4066     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4067   }
4068   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4069   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4070     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4071     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4072   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4073     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4074   }
4075 
4076   bool Ov = false;
4077   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4078   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4079     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4080   else {
4081     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4082            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4083     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4084   }
4085 
4086   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4087   // possible.
4088   if (Ov) {
4089     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4090     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4091     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4092     return;
4093   }
4094 
4095   Offset = ResOffset;
4096 }
4097 
4098 namespace {
4099 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4100 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4101 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4102 class FormatStringLiteral {
4103   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4104   int64_t Offset;
4105 
4106  public:
4107   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4108       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4109 
4110   StringRef getString() const {
4111     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4112   }
4113 
4114   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4115     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4116   }
4117   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4118   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4119 
4120   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4121 
4122   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4123 
4124   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4125   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4126   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4127   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4128   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4129   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4130 
4131   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4132       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4133       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4134       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4135     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4136                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4137   }
4138 
4139   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4140     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4141   }
4142   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4143 };
4144 }  // end anonymous namespace
4145 
4146 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4147                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4148                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4149                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4150                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4151                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4152                               bool inFunctionCall,
4153                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4154                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4155                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4156 
4157 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4158 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4159 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4160 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4161 static StringLiteralCheckType
4162 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4163                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4164                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4165                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4166                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4167                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4168                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4169  tryAgain:
4170   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4171 
4172   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4173     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4174 
4175   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4176 
4177   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4178     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4179     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4180     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4181     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4182     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4183 
4184   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4185   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4186   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4187     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4188     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4189     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4190         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4191 
4192     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4193     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4194     // evaluated at compile time.
4195     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4196 
4197     bool Cond;
4198     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4199       if (Cond)
4200         CheckRight = false;
4201       else
4202         CheckLeft = false;
4203     }
4204 
4205     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4206     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4207     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4208     // literals in the end.
4209     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4210     if (!CheckLeft)
4211       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4212     else {
4213       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4214                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4215                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4216                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4217       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4218         return Left;
4219       }
4220     }
4221 
4222     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4223         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4224                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4225                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4226                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4227 
4228     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4229   }
4230 
4231   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4232     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4233     goto tryAgain;
4234   }
4235 
4236   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4237     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4238       E = src;
4239       goto tryAgain;
4240     }
4241     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4242 
4243   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4244     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4245     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4246     // liability.
4247     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4248 
4249   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4250     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4251 
4252     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4253     // const string literals.
4254     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4255       bool isConstant = false;
4256       QualType T = DR->getType();
4257 
4258       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4259         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4260       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4261         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4262                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4263       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4264         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4265         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4266         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4267       }
4268 
4269       if (isConstant) {
4270         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4271           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4272           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4273             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4274               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4275           }
4276           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4277                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4278                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4279                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4280                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4281         }
4282       }
4283 
4284       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4285       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4286       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4287       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4288       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4289       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4290       //
4291       // void
4292       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4293       //      va_list ap;
4294       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4295       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4296       //      ...
4297       // }
4298       if (HasVAListArg) {
4299         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4300           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4301             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4302             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4303               // adjust for implicit parameter
4304               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4305                 if (MD->isInstance())
4306                   ++PVIndex;
4307               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4308               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4309               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4310                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4311                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4312             }
4313           }
4314         }
4315       }
4316     }
4317 
4318     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4319   }
4320 
4321   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4322   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4323     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4324     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4325       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4326         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4327         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4328           if (MD->isInstance())
4329             --ArgIndex;
4330         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4331 
4332         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4333                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4334                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4335                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4336       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4337         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4338         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4339             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4340           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4341           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4342                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4343                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4344                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4345                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4346         }
4347       }
4348     }
4349 
4350     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4351   }
4352   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4353   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4354     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4355 
4356     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4357       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4358     else
4359       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4360 
4361     if (StrE) {
4362       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4363         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4364         // bounds literals.
4365         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4366       }
4367       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4368       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4369                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4370                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4371       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4372     }
4373 
4374     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4375   }
4376   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4377     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4378     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4379 
4380     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4381 
4382     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4383     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4384       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4385       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4386 
4387       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4388         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4389 
4390         if (LIsInt) {
4391           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4392             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4393             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4394             goto tryAgain;
4395           }
4396         } else {
4397           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4398           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4399           goto tryAgain;
4400         }
4401       }
4402     }
4403 
4404     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4405   }
4406   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4407     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
4408     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
4409     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
4410       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
4411       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
4412         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
4413         E = ASE->getBase();
4414         goto tryAgain;
4415       }
4416     }
4417 
4418     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4419   }
4420 
4421   default:
4422     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4423   }
4424 }
4425 
4426 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
4427   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
4428   .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
4429   .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
4430   .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
4431   .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
4432   .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
4433   .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
4434   .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
4435   .Case("os_trace", FST_OSTrace)
4436   .Default(FST_Unknown);
4437 }
4438 
4439 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
4440 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
4441 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
4442 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
4443                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4444                                 bool IsCXXMember,
4445                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4446                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4447                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4448   FormatStringInfo FSI;
4449   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
4450     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
4451                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
4452                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
4453   return false;
4454 }
4455 
4456 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4457                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4458                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
4459                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4460                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4461                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4462   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
4463   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
4464     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
4465     return false;
4466   }
4467 
4468   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
4469 
4470   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
4471   //
4472   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
4473   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
4474   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
4475   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
4476   // many format string exploits.
4477 
4478   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
4479   // C string (e.g. "%d")
4480   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
4481   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
4482   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
4483   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
4484       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
4485                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4486                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
4487                             UncoveredArg,
4488                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
4489 
4490   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
4491   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
4492     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
4493     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
4494     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
4495   }
4496 
4497   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
4498     // Literal format string found, check done!
4499     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4500 
4501   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
4502   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
4503   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
4504     return false;
4505 
4506   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
4507   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
4508   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
4509   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
4510   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
4511   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
4512     return false;
4513 
4514   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
4515   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
4516   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
4517     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
4518       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4519     switch (Type) {
4520     default:
4521       break;
4522     case FST_Kprintf:
4523     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
4524     case FST_Printf:
4525       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4526         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
4527       break;
4528     case FST_NSString:
4529       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4530         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
4531       break;
4532     }
4533   } else {
4534     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
4535       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4536   }
4537   return false;
4538 }
4539 
4540 namespace {
4541 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
4542 protected:
4543   Sema &S;
4544   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
4545   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
4546   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
4547   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
4548   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
4549   const bool HasVAListArg;
4550   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
4551   unsigned FormatIdx;
4552   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
4553   bool usesPositionalArgs;
4554   bool atFirstArg;
4555   bool inFunctionCall;
4556   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
4557   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
4558   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
4559 
4560 public:
4561   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
4562                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
4563                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4564                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4565                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
4566                      Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
4567                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4568                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4569     : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
4570       FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
4571       Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
4572       Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
4573       usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
4574       inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
4575       CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
4576     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
4577     CoveredArgs.reset();
4578   }
4579 
4580   void DoneProcessing();
4581 
4582   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4583                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
4584 
4585   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4586                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4587                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4588                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4589                            unsigned DiagID);
4590 
4591   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4592                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4593                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4594 
4595   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4596                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4597                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4598 
4599   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4600 
4601   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
4602                              unsigned specifierLen,
4603                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
4604 
4605   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4606 
4607   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
4608 
4609   template <typename Range>
4610   static void
4611   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4612                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4613                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4614                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4615 
4616 protected:
4617   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
4618                                         const char *startSpec,
4619                                         unsigned specifierLen,
4620                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4621 
4622   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4623                                          const char *startSpec,
4624                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4625 
4626   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4627   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4628                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4629   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4630 
4631   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4632 
4633   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4634                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4635                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4636                     unsigned argIndex);
4637 
4638   template <typename Range>
4639   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4640                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4641                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4642 };
4643 } // end anonymous namespace
4644 
4645 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4646   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4647 }
4648 
4649 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4650 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4651   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4652   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4653 
4654   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4655   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4656 
4657   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4658 }
4659 
4660 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4661   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
4662                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
4663 }
4664 
4665 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4666                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4667   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4668                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4669                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4670                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4671 }
4672 
4673 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4674     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4675     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4676     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4677   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4678 
4679   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4680   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4681 
4682   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4683   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4684   if (FixedLM) {
4685     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4686                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4687                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4688                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4689 
4690     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4691       << FixedLM->toString()
4692       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4693 
4694   } else {
4695     FixItHint Hint;
4696     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4697       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4698 
4699     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4700                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4701                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4702                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4703                          Hint);
4704   }
4705 }
4706 
4707 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4708     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4709     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4710   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4711 
4712   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4713   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4714 
4715   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4716   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4717   if (FixedLM) {
4718     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4719                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4720                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4721                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4722                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4723 
4724     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4725       << FixedLM->toString()
4726       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4727 
4728   } else {
4729     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4730                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4731                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4732                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4733                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4734   }
4735 }
4736 
4737 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4738     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4739     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4740   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4741 
4742   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
4743   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
4744   if (FixedCS) {
4745     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4746                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4747                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4748                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4749                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4750 
4751     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
4752     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4753       << FixedCS->toString()
4754       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
4755   } else {
4756     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4757                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4758                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4759                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4760                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4761   }
4762 }
4763 
4764 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
4765                                         unsigned posLen) {
4766   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
4767                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4768                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4769                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4770 }
4771 
4772 void
4773 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
4774                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
4775   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
4776                          << (unsigned) p,
4777                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4778                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4779 }
4780 
4781 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
4782                                             unsigned posLen) {
4783   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
4784                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4785                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4786                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4787 }
4788 
4789 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
4790   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
4791     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
4792     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4793       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
4794       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4795       getFormatStringRange());
4796   }
4797 }
4798 
4799 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
4800 // one of the argument expressions.
4801 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
4802   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
4803 }
4804 
4805 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
4806   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
4807   // format conversions in the format string?
4808   if (!HasVAListArg) {
4809       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
4810     CoveredArgs.flip();
4811     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
4812     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
4813       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
4814       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
4815     } else {
4816       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4817     }
4818   }
4819 }
4820 
4821 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
4822                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4823   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
4824          "Invalid state");
4825 
4826   if (!ArgExpr)
4827     return;
4828 
4829   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
4830 
4831   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
4832     return;
4833 
4834   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
4835   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
4836     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
4837 
4838   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4839                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
4840                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4841                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
4842 }
4843 
4844 bool
4845 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
4846                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
4847                                                      const char *startSpec,
4848                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
4849                                                      const char *csStart,
4850                                                      unsigned csLen) {
4851   bool keepGoing = true;
4852   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
4853     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
4854     // make sense.
4855     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4856   }
4857   else {
4858     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
4859     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
4860     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
4861     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
4862     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
4863     keepGoing = false;
4864   }
4865 
4866   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
4867 
4868   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
4869   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
4870   // hex value.
4871   std::string CodePointStr;
4872   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
4873     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
4874     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
4875     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
4876         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
4877     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
4878         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
4879 
4880     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
4881       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
4882       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
4883     }
4884 
4885     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
4886     if (CodePoint < 256)
4887       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
4888     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
4889       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
4890     else
4891       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
4892     OS.flush();
4893     Specifier = CodePointStr;
4894   }
4895 
4896   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4897       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
4898       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4899 
4900   return keepGoing;
4901 }
4902 
4903 void
4904 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4905                                                       const char *startSpec,
4906                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4907   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4908     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
4909     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4910 }
4911 
4912 bool
4913 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
4914   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4915   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4916   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
4917 
4918   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
4919     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
4920       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
4921            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
4922       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
4923     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4924       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4925       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4926 
4927     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
4928     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
4929     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4930     return false;
4931   }
4932   return true;
4933 }
4934 
4935 template<typename Range>
4936 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
4937                                               SourceLocation Loc,
4938                                               bool IsStringLocation,
4939                                               Range StringRange,
4940                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4941   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
4942                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
4943 }
4944 
4945 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
4946 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
4947 ///
4948 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
4949 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
4950 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
4951 ///
4952 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
4953 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
4954 /// diagnostics are emitted.
4955 ///
4956 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
4957 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
4958 /// to diagnostics.
4959 ///
4960 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
4961 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
4962 /// the other one.
4963 ///
4964 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
4965 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
4966 /// be used with PDiag.
4967 ///
4968 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
4969 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
4970 ///
4971 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
4972 template <typename Range>
4973 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4974     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4975     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
4976     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4977   if (InFunctionCall) {
4978     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
4979     D << StringRange;
4980     D << FixIt;
4981   } else {
4982     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
4983       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
4984 
4985     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
4986       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
4987              diag::note_format_string_defined);
4988 
4989     Note << StringRange;
4990     Note << FixIt;
4991   }
4992 }
4993 
4994 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
4995 
4996 namespace {
4997 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
4998   bool ObjCContext;
4999 
5000 public:
5001   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5002                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
5003                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
5004                      const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5005                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5006                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5007                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5008                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5009                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5010     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5011                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args,
5012                          formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5013                          UncoveredArg),
5014       ObjCContext(isObjC)
5015   {}
5016 
5017   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5018                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5019                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5020                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5021 
5022   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5023                              const char *startSpecifier,
5024                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5025   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5026                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5027                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5028                        const Expr *E);
5029 
5030   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5031                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5032   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5033                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5034                            unsigned type,
5035                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5036   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5037                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5038                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5039   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5040                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5041                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5042                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5043   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5044                            const Expr *E);
5045 
5046   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5047                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5048 
5049   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5050                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5051 
5052   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5053                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5054                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5055                                              override;
5056 };
5057 } // end anonymous namespace
5058 
5059 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5060                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5061                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5062                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5063   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5064     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5065 
5066   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5067                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5068                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5069                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5070 }
5071 
5072 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5073                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5074                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5075                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5076   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5077     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5078       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5079       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5080         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5081                                << k,
5082                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5083                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5084                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5085         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5086         // spurious errors.
5087         return false;
5088       }
5089 
5090       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5091       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5092       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5093       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5094       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5095       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5096       if (!Arg)
5097         return false;
5098 
5099       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5100 
5101       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5102       assert(AT.isValid());
5103 
5104       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5105         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5106                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5107                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5108                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5109                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5110                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5111         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5112         // spurious errors.
5113         return false;
5114       }
5115     }
5116   }
5117   return true;
5118 }
5119 
5120 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5121                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5122                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5123                                       unsigned type,
5124                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5125                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5126   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5127     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5128 
5129   FixItHint fixit =
5130     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5131       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5132                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5133       : FixItHint();
5134 
5135   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5136                          << type << CS.toString(),
5137                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5138                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5139                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5140                        fixit);
5141 }
5142 
5143 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5144                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5145                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5146                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5147   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5148   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5149     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5150   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5151                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5152                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5153                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5154                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5155                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5156                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5157 }
5158 
5159 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5160                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5161                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5162                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5163                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5164                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5165   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5166   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5167                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5168                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5169                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5170                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5171                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5172                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5173 }
5174 
5175 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5176 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5177 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5178 
5179 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5180                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5181   // Warn about an empty flag.
5182   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5183                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5184                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5185                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5186 }
5187 
5188 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5189                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5190   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5191   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5192   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5193   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5194                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5195                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5196                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5197 }
5198 
5199 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5200     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5201     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5202     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5203     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5204     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5205                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5206                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5207                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5208 }
5209 
5210 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5211 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5212 // "c_str()").
5213 template<typename MemberKind>
5214 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5215 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5216   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5217   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5218 
5219   if (!RT)
5220     return Results;
5221   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5222   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5223     return Results;
5224 
5225   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5226                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5227   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5228 
5229   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5230   // filter, at this point.
5231   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5232     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5233       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5234       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5235         Results.insert(FK);
5236     }
5237   return Results;
5238 }
5239 
5240 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5241 ///
5242 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5243 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5244 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5245   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5246   MethodSet Results =
5247       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5248   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5249        MI != ME; ++MI)
5250     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5251       return true;
5252   return false;
5253 }
5254 
5255 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5256 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5257 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5258 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5259     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5260   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5261 
5262   MethodSet Results =
5263       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5264 
5265   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5266        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5267     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5268     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5269         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5270       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5271       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5272       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5273           << "c_str()"
5274           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5275       return true;
5276     }
5277   }
5278 
5279   return false;
5280 }
5281 
5282 bool
5283 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5284                                             &FS,
5285                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5286                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5287   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5288   using namespace analyze_printf;
5289   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5290 
5291   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5292     if (atFirstArg) {
5293         atFirstArg = false;
5294         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5295     }
5296     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5297       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5298                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5299       return false;
5300     }
5301   }
5302 
5303   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5304   // have matching data arguments.
5305   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5306                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5307     return false;
5308   }
5309 
5310   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5311                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5312     return false;
5313   }
5314 
5315   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5316     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5317     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5318     return true;
5319   }
5320 
5321   // Consume the argument.
5322   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5323   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5324     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5325     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5326     // function if we encounter some other error.
5327     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5328   }
5329 
5330   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5331   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5332       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5333     // We need at least two arguments.
5334     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5335       return false;
5336 
5337     // Claim the second argument.
5338     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5339 
5340     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5341     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5342     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5343       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5344         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5345     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5346       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5347         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5348         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5349         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5350         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5351         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5352 
5353     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5354     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5355     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5356     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5357       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5358         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5359         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5360         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5361         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5362         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5363 
5364      return true;
5365   }
5366 
5367   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5368   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5369   if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5370     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5371                                                   specifierLen);
5372   }
5373 
5374   // Check for invalid use of field width
5375   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
5376     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5377         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5378   }
5379 
5380   // Check for invalid use of precision
5381   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
5382     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5383         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5384   }
5385 
5386   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
5387   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
5388     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5389   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
5390     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5391   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
5392     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5393   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
5394     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5395   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
5396     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5397   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
5398     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5399 
5400   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
5401   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
5402     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
5403         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5404   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
5405     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
5406             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5407 
5408   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5409   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5410     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5411                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5412   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5413     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5414   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5415     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5416                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5417 
5418   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5419     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5420 
5421   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5422   if (HasVAListArg)
5423     return true;
5424 
5425   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5426     return false;
5427 
5428   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5429   if (!Arg)
5430     return true;
5431 
5432   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
5433 }
5434 
5435 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
5436   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
5437   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
5438   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
5439   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5440   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
5441     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
5442 
5443   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
5444   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
5445   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
5446   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
5447   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
5448   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
5449   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
5450   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
5451   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
5452   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
5453   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
5454   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
5455   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
5456   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
5457   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
5458   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
5459   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
5460   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
5461   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
5462   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
5463   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
5464   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
5465     return false;
5466   default:
5467     return true;
5468   }
5469 }
5470 
5471 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
5472 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
5473                        QualType IntendedTy,
5474                        const Expr *E) {
5475   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
5476   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
5477   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5478     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
5479     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
5480       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
5481       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
5482       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
5483       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
5484       .Default(QualType());
5485 
5486     if (!CastTy.isNull())
5487       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
5488 
5489     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
5490   }
5491 
5492   // Strip parens if necessary.
5493   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
5494     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5495                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5496                                   PE->getSubExpr());
5497 
5498   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
5499   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
5500   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
5501   // Co. usage condition.
5502   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5503     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
5504     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
5505 
5506     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
5507       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5508                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
5509                              CO->getTrueExpr());
5510     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
5511       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5512                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
5513                              CO->getFalseExpr());
5514 
5515     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
5516       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5517     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
5518       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
5519     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
5520       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5521   }
5522 
5523   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
5524 }
5525 
5526 bool
5527 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5528                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
5529                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
5530                                     const Expr *E) {
5531   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5532   using namespace analyze_printf;
5533   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
5534   // format specifier.
5535   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
5536                                                     ObjCContext);
5537   if (!AT.isValid())
5538     return true;
5539 
5540   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
5541   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
5542     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
5543   }
5544 
5545   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
5546 
5547   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
5548     return true;
5549   }
5550 
5551   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
5552   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
5553   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
5554   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
5555   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5556     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
5557         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
5558       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
5559       ExprTy = E->getType();
5560 
5561       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
5562       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
5563       // function.
5564       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
5565           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
5566         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
5567         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
5568           return true;
5569       }
5570     }
5571   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
5572     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
5573     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
5574     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
5575     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
5576       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
5577         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
5578   }
5579 
5580   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
5581   bool IsEnum = false;
5582   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5583     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5584     IsEnum = true;
5585   }
5586 
5587   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
5588   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
5589   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
5590   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
5591   if (ObjCContext &&
5592       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
5593     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
5594         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
5595       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
5596       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
5597       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5598 
5599       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
5600       // to be within the valid range.
5601       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
5602         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
5603         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
5604           return true;
5605       }
5606 
5607       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
5608                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
5609       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
5610         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
5611         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
5612           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
5613             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
5614       }
5615     }
5616   }
5617 
5618   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5619   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5620   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5621   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5622     QualType CastTy;
5623     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5624     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5625       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5626       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5627     }
5628   }
5629 
5630   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5631   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5632   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
5633                                  S.Context, ObjCContext);
5634 
5635   if (success) {
5636     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5637     SmallString<16> buf;
5638     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5639     fixedFS.toString(os);
5640 
5641     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5642 
5643     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5644       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5645       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5646         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5647       }
5648       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5649       // the argument.
5650       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5651                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5652                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5653                            E->getLocStart(),
5654                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5655                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5656     } else {
5657       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5658       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5659       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5660       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5661       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5662       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5663       // if necessary).
5664       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5665       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5666       CastFix << "(";
5667       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5668       CastFix << ")";
5669 
5670       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5671       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5672         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5673 
5674       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5675         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5676         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5677         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
5678 
5679       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
5680         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
5681         // just write the C-style cast.
5682         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5683                                                    CastFix.str()));
5684       } else {
5685         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
5686         CastFix << "(";
5687         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5688                                                    CastFix.str()));
5689 
5690         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5691         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
5692       }
5693 
5694       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5695         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
5696         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
5697         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
5698         StringRef Name;
5699         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
5700           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
5701         else
5702           Name = CastTyName;
5703         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
5704                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
5705                                << E->getSourceRange(),
5706                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
5707                              SpecRange, Hints);
5708       } else {
5709         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
5710         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
5711         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
5712         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5713           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5714             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
5715             << E->getSourceRange(),
5716           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5717           SpecRange, Hints);
5718       }
5719     }
5720   } else {
5721     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
5722                                                    SpecifierLen);
5723     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
5724     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
5725     // arguments here.
5726     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
5727     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
5728     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
5729       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5730       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5731         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5732       }
5733 
5734       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5735           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
5736                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
5737           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
5738       break;
5739     }
5740     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
5741     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
5742       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5743         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
5744           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5745           << ExprTy
5746           << CallType
5747           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5748           << CSR
5749           << E->getSourceRange(),
5750         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5751       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
5752       break;
5753 
5754     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
5755       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
5756         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5757           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
5758             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5759             << ExprTy
5760             << CallType
5761             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5762             << CSR
5763             << E->getSourceRange(),
5764           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5765       else
5766         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
5767         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
5768         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
5769           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
5770           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5771           << E->getSourceRange();
5772       break;
5773     }
5774 
5775     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
5776            "format string specifier index out of range");
5777     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
5778   }
5779 
5780   return true;
5781 }
5782 
5783 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5784 
5785 namespace {
5786 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5787 public:
5788   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5789                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
5790                     unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5791                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5792                     unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5793                     Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5794                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5795                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5796     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5797                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
5798                          Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
5799                          CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg)
5800   {}
5801 
5802   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5803                             const char *startSpecifier,
5804                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
5805 
5806   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5807           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5808           const char *startSpecifier,
5809           unsigned specifierLen) override;
5810 
5811   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
5812 };
5813 } // end anonymous namespace
5814 
5815 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
5816                                                  const char *end) {
5817   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
5818                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5819                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
5820 }
5821 
5822 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5823                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5824                                         const char *startSpecifier,
5825                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
5826 
5827   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5828     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5829 
5830   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5831                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5832                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5833                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5834 }
5835 
5836 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
5837                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5838                                        const char *startSpecifier,
5839                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
5840   using namespace analyze_scanf;
5841   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5842 
5843   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5844 
5845   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
5846   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
5847   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5848     if (atFirstArg) {
5849       atFirstArg = false;
5850       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5851     }
5852     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5853       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5854                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5855       return false;
5856     }
5857   }
5858 
5859   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
5860   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
5861   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
5862     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
5863       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5864                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
5865       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
5866                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5867                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
5868                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
5869     }
5870   }
5871 
5872   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5873     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5874     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5875     return true;
5876   }
5877 
5878   // Consume the argument.
5879   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5880   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5881       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5882       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5883       // function if we encounter some other error.
5884     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5885   }
5886 
5887   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5888   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5889     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5890                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5891   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5892     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5893   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5894     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5895                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5896 
5897   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5898     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5899 
5900   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5901   if (HasVAListArg)
5902     return true;
5903 
5904   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5905     return false;
5906 
5907   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
5908   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5909   if (!Ex)
5910     return true;
5911 
5912   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
5913 
5914   if (!AT.isValid()) {
5915     return true;
5916   }
5917 
5918   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
5919       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
5920   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
5921     return true;
5922   }
5923 
5924   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5925   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
5926                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
5927 
5928   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5929   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5930     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5931   }
5932 
5933   if (success) {
5934     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
5935     SmallString<128> buf;
5936     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5937     fixedFS.toString(os);
5938 
5939     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5940         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5941                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5942         Ex->getLocStart(),
5943         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5944         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5945         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5946             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
5947   } else {
5948     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5949                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5950                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5951                          Ex->getLocStart(),
5952                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5953                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5954   }
5955 
5956   return true;
5957 }
5958 
5959 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
5960                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
5961                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5962                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
5963                               unsigned firstDataArg,
5964                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
5965                               bool inFunctionCall,
5966                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5967                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5968                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
5969   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
5970   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
5971     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5972       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5973       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
5974       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5975     return;
5976   }
5977 
5978   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
5979   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
5980   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
5981   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
5982   const ConstantArrayType *T =
5983     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
5984   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
5985   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
5986   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
5987   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
5988 
5989   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
5990   // embedded null character.
5991   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
5992       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
5993     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5994         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5995         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
5996         FExpr->getLocStart(),
5997         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5998     return;
5999   }
6000 
6001   // CHECK: empty format string?
6002   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6003     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6004       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6005       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6006       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6007     return;
6008   }
6009 
6010   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6011       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6012     CheckPrintfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
6013                          numDataArgs, (Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6014                                        Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace),
6015                          Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6016                          inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6017                          UncoveredArg);
6018 
6019     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6020                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6021                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6022                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6023       H.DoneProcessing();
6024   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6025     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6026                         Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6027                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6028                         UncoveredArg);
6029 
6030     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6031                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6032                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6033       H.DoneProcessing();
6034   } // TODO: handle other formats
6035 }
6036 
6037 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6038   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6039   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6040   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6041   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6042   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6043   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6044   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6045   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6046   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6047                                                          getLangOpts(),
6048                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6049 }
6050 
6051 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6052 
6053 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6054 // does not exist.
6055 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6056   switch (AbsFunction) {
6057   default:
6058     return 0;
6059 
6060   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6061     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6062   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6063     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6064   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6065     return 0;
6066 
6067   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6068     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6069   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6070     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6071   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6072     return 0;
6073 
6074   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6075     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6076   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6077     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6078   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6079     return 0;
6080 
6081   case Builtin::BIabs:
6082     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6083   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6084     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6085   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6086     return 0;
6087 
6088   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6089     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6090   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6091     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6092   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6093     return 0;
6094 
6095   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6096    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6097   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6098     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6099   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6100     return 0;
6101   }
6102 }
6103 
6104 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6105 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6106                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6107   if (AbsType == 0)
6108     return QualType();
6109 
6110   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6111   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6112   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6113     return QualType();
6114 
6115   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6116   if (!FT)
6117     return QualType();
6118 
6119   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6120     return QualType();
6121 
6122   return FT->getParamType(0);
6123 }
6124 
6125 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6126 // current absolute value function.
6127 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6128                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6129   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6130   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6131   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6132        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6133     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6134     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6135       if (BestKind == 0)
6136         BestKind = Kind;
6137       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6138         BestKind = Kind;
6139         break;
6140       }
6141     }
6142   }
6143   return BestKind;
6144 }
6145 
6146 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6147   AVK_Integer,
6148   AVK_Floating,
6149   AVK_Complex
6150 };
6151 
6152 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6153   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6154     return AVK_Integer;
6155   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6156     return AVK_Floating;
6157   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6158     return AVK_Complex;
6159 
6160   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6161 }
6162 
6163 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6164 // the function is a builtin.
6165 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6166                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6167   switch (ValueKind) {
6168   case AVK_Integer:
6169     switch (AbsKind) {
6170     default:
6171       return 0;
6172     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6173     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6174     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6175     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6176     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6177     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6178       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6179     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6180     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6181     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6182     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6183     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6184     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6185       return Builtin::BIabs;
6186     }
6187   case AVK_Floating:
6188     switch (AbsKind) {
6189     default:
6190       return 0;
6191     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6192     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6193     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6194     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6195     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6196     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6197       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6198     case Builtin::BIabs:
6199     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6200     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6201     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6202     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6203     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6204       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6205     }
6206   case AVK_Complex:
6207     switch (AbsKind) {
6208     default:
6209       return 0;
6210     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6211     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6212     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6213     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6214     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6215     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6216       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6217     case Builtin::BIabs:
6218     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6219     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6220     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6221     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6222     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6223       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6224     }
6225   }
6226   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6227 }
6228 
6229 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6230   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6231   if (!FnInfo)
6232     return 0;
6233 
6234   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6235   default:
6236     return 0;
6237   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6238   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6239   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6240   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6241   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6242   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6243   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6244   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6245   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6246   case Builtin::BIabs:
6247   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6248   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6249   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6250   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6251   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6252   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6253   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6254   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6255     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6256   }
6257   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6258 }
6259 
6260 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6261 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6262 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6263                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6264   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6265   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6266   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6267   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6268     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6269     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6270       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6271     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6272       HeaderName = "cmath";
6273     } else {
6274       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6275     }
6276 
6277     // Lookup all std::abs
6278     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6279       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6280       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6281       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6282 
6283       for (const auto *I : R) {
6284         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6285         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6286           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6287         } else {
6288           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6289         }
6290         if (!FDecl)
6291           continue;
6292 
6293         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6294         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6295           continue;
6296 
6297         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6298         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6299         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6300             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6301                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6302           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6303           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6304           break;
6305         }
6306       }
6307     }
6308   } else {
6309     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6310     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6311 
6312     if (HeaderName) {
6313       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6314       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6315       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6316       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6317 
6318       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6319         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6320         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6321           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6322         } else {
6323           return;
6324         }
6325       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6326         return;
6327       }
6328     }
6329   }
6330 
6331   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6332       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6333 
6334   if (!HeaderName)
6335     return;
6336 
6337   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6338     return;
6339 
6340   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6341                                                     << FunctionName;
6342 }
6343 
6344 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6345   if (!FDecl)
6346     return false;
6347 
6348   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
6349     return false;
6350 
6351   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
6352 
6353   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
6354     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
6355   }
6356 
6357   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
6358     return false;
6359 
6360   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
6361     return false;
6362 
6363   return true;
6364 }
6365 
6366 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
6367 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
6368                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6369                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
6370   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
6371     return;
6372 
6373   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
6374   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
6375   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
6376     return;
6377 
6378   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6379   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
6380 
6381   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
6382   // function call.
6383   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
6384     const char *FunctionName =
6385         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6386     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
6387     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
6388         << FunctionName
6389         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6390     return;
6391   }
6392 
6393   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
6394   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
6395   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
6396     unsigned DiagType = 0;
6397     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
6398       DiagType = 1;
6399     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
6400       DiagType = 2;
6401 
6402     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
6403     return;
6404   }
6405 
6406   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
6407   // from occurring.
6408   if (IsStdAbs)
6409     return;
6410 
6411   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
6412   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
6413 
6414   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
6415   // size.
6416   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
6417     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
6418       return;
6419 
6420     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
6421     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
6422         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
6423 
6424     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6425       return;
6426 
6427     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6428                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6429     return;
6430   }
6431 
6432   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
6433   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
6434   // proper one.
6435   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
6436   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
6437   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6438     return;
6439 
6440   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
6441       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
6442 
6443   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6444                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6445 }
6446 
6447 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
6448 
6449 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
6450 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
6451 ///
6452 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
6453 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
6454                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
6455                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
6456                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6457   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6458   if (!Size)
6459     return false;
6460 
6461   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
6462   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
6463     return false;
6464 
6465   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
6466   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
6467       << SizeRange << FnName;
6468   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
6469       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6470                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
6471       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
6472   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
6473       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
6474       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
6475                                     ")");
6476 
6477   return true;
6478 }
6479 
6480 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
6481 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
6482 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
6483                                                      bool &IsContained) {
6484   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
6485   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6486   IsContained = false;
6487 
6488   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6489   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
6490   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
6491     return nullptr;
6492 
6493   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
6494     return RD;
6495 
6496   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
6497   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
6498   // infinite recursion is impossible.
6499   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6500     bool SubContained;
6501     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6502             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
6503       IsContained = true;
6504       return ContainedRD;
6505     }
6506   }
6507 
6508   return nullptr;
6509 }
6510 
6511 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
6512 /// otherwise returns NULL.
6513 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6514   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6515       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6516     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
6517       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6518 
6519   return nullptr;
6520 }
6521 
6522 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
6523 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
6524   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6525       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6526     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
6527       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
6528 
6529   return QualType();
6530 }
6531 
6532 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
6533 ///
6534 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
6535 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
6536 /// function calls.
6537 ///
6538 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
6539 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6540                                    unsigned BId,
6541                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6542   assert(BId != 0);
6543 
6544   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
6545   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
6546   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
6547       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
6548   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
6549     return;
6550 
6551   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
6552                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6553   unsigned LenArg =
6554       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6555   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6556 
6557   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
6558                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6559     return;
6560 
6561   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
6562   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
6563   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
6564   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
6565 
6566   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
6567   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
6568   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
6569   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6570   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6571     return;
6572 
6573   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
6574     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6575     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
6576 
6577     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
6578     QualType PointeeTy;
6579     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6580       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
6581 
6582       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
6583       // false positives.
6584       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
6585         continue;
6586 
6587       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
6588       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
6589       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
6590       // enabled.
6591       if (SizeOfArg &&
6592           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
6593                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
6594         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
6595         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
6596         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
6597           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
6598         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
6599         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
6600         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
6601           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
6602           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
6603           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
6604           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
6605 
6606           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
6607             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6608               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
6609           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
6610               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
6611             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
6612                            // suggest an explicit length.
6613 
6614           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
6615           // expansion.
6616           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
6617           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
6618           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
6619           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6620 
6621           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6622             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
6623             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6624             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
6625                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
6626             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
6627                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6628           }
6629 
6630           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6631                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6632                                 << ReadableName
6633                                 << PointeeTy
6634                                 << DestTy
6635                                 << DSR
6636                                 << SSR);
6637           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6638                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6639                                 << ActionIdx
6640                                 << SSR);
6641 
6642           break;
6643         }
6644       }
6645 
6646       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6647       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6648       // record type.
6649       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6650         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6651             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6652           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6653                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6654                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6655                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6656                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6657           break;
6658         }
6659       }
6660     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6661       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6662     }
6663 
6664     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6665       continue;
6666 
6667     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6668     bool IsContained;
6669     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6670             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6671 
6672       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6673       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6674       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6675       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6676         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6677           OperationType = 1;
6678         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6679           OperationType = 2;
6680         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
6681           OperationType = 3;
6682       }
6683 
6684       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6685         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6686         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
6687           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
6688           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
6689           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6690     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
6691              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
6692       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6693         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6694         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
6695           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
6696           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6697     else
6698       continue;
6699 
6700     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6701       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6702       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
6703         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
6704     break;
6705   }
6706 }
6707 
6708 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
6709 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
6710 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
6711 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
6712   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
6713 
6714   for (;;) {
6715     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
6716     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
6717       break;
6718 
6719     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6720     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6721 
6722     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
6723       Ex = LHS;
6724     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
6725       Ex = RHS;
6726     else
6727       break;
6728   }
6729 
6730   return Ex;
6731 }
6732 
6733 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
6734                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
6735   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
6736   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
6737     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
6738     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
6739       return false;
6740   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
6741     return false;
6742   }
6743   return true;
6744 }
6745 
6746 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
6747 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
6748 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6749                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6750 
6751   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
6752   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
6753   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
6754     return;
6755 
6756   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
6757   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
6758   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
6759 
6760   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
6761                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6762     return;
6763 
6764   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
6765   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
6766     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
6767   else {
6768     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
6769     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
6770       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
6771           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
6772         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
6773     }
6774   }
6775 
6776   if (!CompareWithSrc)
6777     return;
6778 
6779   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
6780   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
6781   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
6782   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
6783   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
6784   if (!SrcArgDRE)
6785     return;
6786 
6787   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
6788   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
6789       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
6790     return;
6791 
6792   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
6793   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6794     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
6795 
6796   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
6797   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
6798   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
6799   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
6800   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6801   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
6802     return;
6803 
6804   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6805   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6806   OS << "sizeof(";
6807   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6808   OS << ")";
6809 
6810   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6811     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
6812                                     OS.str());
6813 }
6814 
6815 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
6816 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
6817   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
6818     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
6819       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
6820   return false;
6821 }
6822 
6823 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6824   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6825     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
6826     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
6827       return nullptr;
6828     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6829   }
6830   return nullptr;
6831 }
6832 
6833 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
6834 // The correct size argument should look like following:
6835 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
6836 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
6837                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6838   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
6839   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
6840     return;
6841   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6842   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6843   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6844 
6845   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
6846                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
6847     return;
6848 
6849   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
6850   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
6851   unsigned PatternType = 0;
6852   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
6853     // - sizeof(dst)
6854     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
6855       PatternType = 1;
6856     // - sizeof(src)
6857     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
6858       PatternType = 2;
6859   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
6860     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
6861       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6862       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6863       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
6864       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
6865           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
6866         PatternType = 1;
6867       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
6868       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
6869         PatternType = 2;
6870     }
6871   }
6872 
6873   if (PatternType == 0)
6874     return;
6875 
6876   // Generate the diagnostic.
6877   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
6878   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
6879   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6880 
6881   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
6882   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6883     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6884     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
6885                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
6886   }
6887 
6888   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
6889   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
6890   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
6891                                                                     Context);
6892   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
6893     if (PatternType == 1)
6894       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
6895     else
6896       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6897     return;
6898   }
6899 
6900   if (PatternType == 1)
6901     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
6902   else
6903     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6904 
6905   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6906   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6907   OS << "sizeof(";
6908   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6909   OS << ") - ";
6910   OS << "strlen(";
6911   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6912   OS << ") - 1";
6913 
6914   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
6915     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
6916 }
6917 
6918 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
6919 
6920 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
6921                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6922                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
6923 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
6924                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6925                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
6926 
6927 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
6928 ///   of a stack variable.
6929 static void
6930 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6931                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
6932 
6933   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
6934   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
6935 
6936   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
6937   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
6938   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
6939       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
6940     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6941   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
6942     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6943   }
6944 
6945   if (!stackE)
6946     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
6947 
6948   // Parameters are initalized in the calling scope, so taking the address
6949   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
6950   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
6951     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
6952       return;
6953 
6954   SourceLocation diagLoc;
6955   SourceRange diagRange;
6956   if (refVars.empty()) {
6957     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
6958     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
6959   } else {
6960     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
6961     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
6962     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
6963     // reference variables using notes.
6964     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
6965     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
6966   }
6967 
6968   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
6969     // address of local var
6970     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
6971      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
6972   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
6973     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
6974   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
6975     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
6976   } else { // local temporary.
6977     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
6978     // reference type is used, not the reference.
6979     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
6980       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
6981         return;
6982       }
6983     }
6984     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
6985      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
6986   }
6987 
6988   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
6989   // found the problematic expression using notes.
6990   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6991     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
6992     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
6993     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
6994     // show the range of the expression.
6995     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
6996                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
6997     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
6998         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
6999   }
7000 }
7001 
7002 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7003 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7004 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7005 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7006 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7007 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7008 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7009 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7010 ///
7011 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7012 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7013 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7014 ///
7015 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7016 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7017 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7018 ///  expressions.
7019 ///
7020 ///  This implementation handles:
7021 ///
7022 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7023 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7024 ///   * taking the address of fields
7025 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7026 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7027 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7028 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7029                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7030                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7031   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7032     return nullptr;
7033 
7034   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7035   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7036           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7037           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7038          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7039 
7040   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7041 
7042   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7043   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7044   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7045   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7046   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7047     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7048 
7049     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7050     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7051       return nullptr;
7052 
7053     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7054       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7055       // it points to.
7056       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7057           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7058         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7059         refVars.push_back(DR);
7060         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7061       }
7062 
7063     return nullptr;
7064   }
7065 
7066   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7067     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7068     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7069     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7070 
7071     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7072       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7073     return nullptr;
7074   }
7075 
7076   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7077     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7078     // in this context.
7079     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7080     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7081 
7082     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7083       return nullptr;
7084 
7085     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7086 
7087     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7088     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7089     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7090       Base = B->getRHS();
7091 
7092     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7093     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7094   }
7095 
7096   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7097   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7098   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7099     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7100 
7101     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7102     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7103     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7104       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7105       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7106         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7107           return LHS;
7108     }
7109 
7110     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7111     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7112       return nullptr;
7113 
7114     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7115   }
7116 
7117   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7118     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7119       return E; // local block.
7120     return nullptr;
7121 
7122   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7123     return E; // address of label.
7124 
7125   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7126     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7127                     ParentDecl);
7128 
7129   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7130   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7131   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7132   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7133   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7134   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7135   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7136   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7137   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7138   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7139     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7140     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7141     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7142     case CK_NoOp:
7143     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7144     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7145     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7146     case CK_Dynamic:
7147     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7148     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7149     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7150       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7151 
7152     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7153       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7154 
7155     case CK_BitCast:
7156       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7157           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7158           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7159         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7160       else
7161         return nullptr;
7162 
7163     default:
7164       return nullptr;
7165     }
7166   }
7167 
7168   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7169     if (const Expr *Result =
7170             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7171                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7172       return Result;
7173     return E;
7174 
7175   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7176   default:
7177     return nullptr;
7178   }
7179 }
7180 
7181 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7182 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7183 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7184                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7185                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7186   do {
7187     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7188     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7189     // instead
7190     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7191 
7192     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7193     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7194     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7195 
7196     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7197     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7198     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7199       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7200       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7201         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7202         continue;
7203       }
7204       return nullptr;
7205     }
7206 
7207     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7208       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7209                      ParentDecl);
7210 
7211     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7212       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7213       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7214       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7215       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7216 
7217       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7218       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7219         return nullptr;
7220 
7221       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7222         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7223         if (V == ParentDecl)
7224           return DR;
7225 
7226         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7227           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7228             return DR;
7229 
7230           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7231           // it points to.
7232           if (V->hasInit()) {
7233             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7234             refVars.push_back(DR);
7235             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7236           }
7237         }
7238       }
7239 
7240       return nullptr;
7241     }
7242 
7243     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7244       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7245       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7246       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7247       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7248 
7249       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7250         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7251 
7252       return nullptr;
7253     }
7254 
7255     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7256       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7257       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7258       // has local storage.
7259       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7260       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7261         return nullptr;
7262       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7263     }
7264 
7265     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7266       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7267                       ParentDecl);
7268     }
7269 
7270     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7271       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7272       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7273       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7274 
7275       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7276       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7277         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7278         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7279           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7280             return LHS;
7281       }
7282 
7283       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7284       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7285         return nullptr;
7286 
7287       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7288     }
7289 
7290     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7291     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7292       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7293 
7294       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7295       if (M->isArrow())
7296         return nullptr;
7297 
7298       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
7299       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
7300       // to.
7301       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
7302         return nullptr;
7303 
7304       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7305     }
7306 
7307     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7308       if (const Expr *Result =
7309               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7310                       refVars, ParentDecl))
7311         return Result;
7312       return E;
7313 
7314     default:
7315       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
7316       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
7317       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
7318         return E;
7319 
7320       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7321       return nullptr;
7322     }
7323   } while (true);
7324 }
7325 
7326 void
7327 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7328                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
7329                          bool isObjCMethod,
7330                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
7331                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7332   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
7333 
7334   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
7335   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
7336        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
7337       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7338     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
7339       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
7340 
7341   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
7342   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
7343   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
7344   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
7345   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
7346   if (FD) {
7347     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
7348     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
7349       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
7350         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7351       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
7352           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7353         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
7354           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
7355     }
7356   }
7357 }
7358 
7359 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
7360 
7361 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7362 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
7363 /// to do what the programmer intended.
7364 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7365   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7366   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7367 
7368   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
7369   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
7370   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7371     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7372       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7373         return;
7374 
7375   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
7376   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
7377   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
7378   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
7379   //  lead to false negatives.
7380   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
7381     if (FLL->isExact())
7382       return;
7383   } else
7384     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
7385       if (FLR->isExact())
7386         return;
7387 
7388   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
7389   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7390     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
7391       return;
7392 
7393   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7394     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
7395       return;
7396 
7397   // Emit the diagnostic.
7398   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
7399     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7400 }
7401 
7402 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
7403 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
7404 
7405 namespace {
7406 
7407 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
7408 /// expression.
7409 struct IntRange {
7410   /// The number of bits active in the int.
7411   unsigned Width;
7412 
7413   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
7414   bool NonNegative;
7415 
7416   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
7417     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
7418   {}
7419 
7420   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
7421   static IntRange forBoolType() {
7422     return IntRange(1, true);
7423   }
7424 
7425   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
7426   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
7427     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
7428                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
7429   }
7430 
7431   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
7432   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7433     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7434 
7435     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7436       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7437     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7438       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7439     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7440       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7441 
7442     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
7443     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
7444       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
7445       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
7446         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
7447 
7448       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
7449       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
7450 
7451       if (NumNegative == 0)
7452         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
7453       else
7454         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
7455                         false/*NonNegative*/);
7456     }
7457 
7458     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7459     assert(BT->isInteger());
7460 
7461     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7462   }
7463 
7464   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
7465   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
7466   ///
7467   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
7468   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
7469   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7470     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7471 
7472     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7473       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7474     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7475       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7476     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7477       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7478     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
7479       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
7480 
7481     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7482     assert(BT->isInteger());
7483 
7484     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7485   }
7486 
7487   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
7488   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7489     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
7490                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7491   }
7492 
7493   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
7494   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7495     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
7496                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
7497   }
7498 };
7499 
7500 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7501   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
7502     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
7503 
7504   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
7505     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
7506 
7507   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
7508   // signedness.
7509   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
7510 }
7511 
7512 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
7513                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
7514   if (result.isInt())
7515     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
7516 
7517   if (result.isVector()) {
7518     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
7519     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
7520       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
7521       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
7522     }
7523     return R;
7524   }
7525 
7526   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
7527     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
7528     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
7529     return IntRange::join(R, I);
7530   }
7531 
7532   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
7533   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
7534   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
7535   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
7536   // preserved this.
7537   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
7538   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7539 }
7540 
7541 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
7542   QualType Ty = E->getType();
7543   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
7544     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
7545   return Ty;
7546 }
7547 
7548 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
7549 /// range of values it might take.
7550 ///
7551 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
7552 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7553   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7554 
7555   // Try a full evaluation first.
7556   Expr::EvalResult result;
7557   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
7558     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
7559 
7560   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
7561   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
7562   // being of the new, wider type.
7563   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7564     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7565       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7566 
7567     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
7568 
7569     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
7570                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7571 
7572     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
7573     if (!isIntegerCast)
7574       return OutputTypeRange;
7575 
7576     IntRange SubRange
7577       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
7578                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
7579 
7580     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
7581     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
7582       return OutputTypeRange;
7583 
7584     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
7585     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
7586     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
7587                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
7588   }
7589 
7590   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7591     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
7592     bool CondResult;
7593     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
7594       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
7595                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
7596                           MaxWidth);
7597 
7598     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
7599     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
7600     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
7601     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7602   }
7603 
7604   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7605     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
7606 
7607     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
7608     case BO_LAnd:
7609     case BO_LOr:
7610     case BO_LT:
7611     case BO_GT:
7612     case BO_LE:
7613     case BO_GE:
7614     case BO_EQ:
7615     case BO_NE:
7616       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7617 
7618     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
7619     // is not necessarily the same type.
7620     case BO_MulAssign:
7621     case BO_DivAssign:
7622     case BO_RemAssign:
7623     case BO_AddAssign:
7624     case BO_SubAssign:
7625     case BO_XorAssign:
7626     case BO_OrAssign:
7627       // TODO: bitfields?
7628       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7629 
7630     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
7631     // been coerced to the LHS type.
7632     case BO_Assign:
7633       // TODO: bitfields?
7634       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7635 
7636     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7637     case BO_PtrMemD:
7638     case BO_PtrMemI:
7639       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7640 
7641     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7642     case BO_And:
7643     case BO_AndAssign:
7644       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7645                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7646 
7647     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7648     case BO_Shl:
7649       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7650       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7651       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7652             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7653         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7654           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7655           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7656         }
7657       }
7658       // fallthrough
7659 
7660     case BO_ShlAssign:
7661       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7662 
7663     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7664     case BO_Shr:
7665     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7666       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7667 
7668       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7669       // that much.
7670       llvm::APSInt shift;
7671       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7672           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7673         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7674         if (zext >= L.Width)
7675           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7676         else
7677           L.Width -= zext;
7678       }
7679 
7680       return L;
7681     }
7682 
7683     // Comma acts as its right operand.
7684     case BO_Comma:
7685       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7686 
7687     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
7688     case BO_Sub:
7689       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
7690         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7691       break;
7692 
7693     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
7694     // of the LHS.
7695     case BO_Div: {
7696       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7697       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7698       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7699 
7700       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
7701       llvm::APSInt divisor;
7702       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
7703         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
7704         if (log2 >= L.Width)
7705           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7706         else
7707           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
7708         return L;
7709       }
7710 
7711       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
7712       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7713       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7714     }
7715 
7716     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
7717     // either side.
7718     case BO_Rem: {
7719       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7720       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7721       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7722       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7723 
7724       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
7725       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
7726       return meet;
7727     }
7728 
7729     // The default behavior is okay for these.
7730     case BO_Mul:
7731     case BO_Add:
7732     case BO_Xor:
7733     case BO_Or:
7734       break;
7735     }
7736 
7737     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
7738     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
7739     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7740     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7741     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7742   }
7743 
7744   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
7745     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
7746     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
7747     case UO_LNot:
7748       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7749 
7750     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7751     case UO_Deref:
7752     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
7753       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7754 
7755     default:
7756       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7757     }
7758   }
7759 
7760   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
7761     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
7762 
7763   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
7764     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
7765                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7766 
7767   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7768 }
7769 
7770 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
7771   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
7772 }
7773 
7774 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7775 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7776 /// target semantics.
7777 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
7778                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7779                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7780   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
7781 
7782   bool ignored;
7783   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7784   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7785 
7786   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
7787 }
7788 
7789 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7790 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7791 /// target semantics.
7792 ///
7793 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
7794 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
7795                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7796                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7797   if (value.isFloat())
7798     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
7799 
7800   if (value.isVector()) {
7801     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
7802       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
7803         return false;
7804     return true;
7805   }
7806 
7807   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
7808   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
7809           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
7810 }
7811 
7812 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
7813 
7814 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7815   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
7816   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
7817       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
7818     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7819       return false;
7820 
7821   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
7822   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
7823     return false;
7824 
7825   llvm::APSInt Value;
7826   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
7827 }
7828 
7829 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
7830   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
7831   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7832     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
7833         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
7834       break;
7835     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
7836   }
7837 
7838   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
7839 }
7840 
7841 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7842   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7843   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7844     return;
7845 
7846   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7847   if (E->isValueDependent())
7848     return;
7849 
7850   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7851     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7852       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7853       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7854   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7855     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7856       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7857       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7858   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7859     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7860       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7861       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7862   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7863     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7864       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7865       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7866   }
7867 }
7868 
7869 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
7870                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
7871                                   bool RhsConstant) {
7872   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7873   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7874     return;
7875 
7876   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
7877   // on the bit ranges.
7878   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
7879   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
7880     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
7881   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
7882   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
7883 
7884   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
7885 
7886   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
7887   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
7888     return;
7889 
7890   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7891   bool IsTrue = true;
7892 
7893   // Used for diagnostic printout.
7894   enum {
7895     LiteralConstant = 0,
7896     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
7897     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
7898   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
7899 
7900   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
7901     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
7902     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
7903 
7904     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
7905       return;
7906     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
7907            "comparison with non-integer type");
7908 
7909     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
7910     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
7911 
7912     bool EqualityOnly = false;
7913 
7914     if (CommonSigned) {
7915       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
7916       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7917         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7918         if (ConstantSigned) {
7919           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
7920             return;
7921         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7922           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
7923             return;
7924         }
7925       } else { // !OtherSigned
7926                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7927         // Negative values are out of range.
7928         if (ConstantSigned) {
7929           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7930             return;
7931         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7932           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7933             return;
7934         }
7935       }
7936     } else { // !CommonSigned
7937       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7938         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7939           return;
7940       } else { // OtherSigned
7941         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
7942                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
7943         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
7944         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
7945           return;
7946         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
7947         // cast to CommonT.
7948         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
7949                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
7950             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
7951           return;
7952         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
7953         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
7954         // comparisons will be tautological.
7955         EqualityOnly = true;
7956       }
7957     }
7958 
7959     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
7960 
7961     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
7962       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
7963     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
7964       return;
7965     } else if (RhsConstant) {
7966       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
7967         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7968       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
7969         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7970     } else {
7971       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
7972         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7973       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
7974         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7975     }
7976   } else {
7977     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
7978     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
7979     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
7980     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
7981 
7982     static const struct LinkedConditions {
7983       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7984       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7985       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7986       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7987       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7988       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7989 
7990     } TruthTable = {
7991         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
7992         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
7993         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
7994         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
7995         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
7996         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
7997         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
7998         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
7999       };
8000 
8001     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8002 
8003     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8004     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8005       if (Value == 0) {
8006         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8007             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8008         ConstVal = Zero;
8009       } else if (Value == 1) {
8010         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8011             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8012         ConstVal = One;
8013       } else {
8014         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8015         ConstVal = GT_One;
8016       }
8017     } else {
8018       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8019     }
8020 
8021     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8022 
8023     switch (op) {
8024     case BO_LT:
8025       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8026       break;
8027     case BO_GT:
8028       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8029       break;
8030     case BO_LE:
8031       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8032       break;
8033     case BO_GE:
8034       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8035       break;
8036     case BO_EQ:
8037       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8038       break;
8039     case BO_NE:
8040       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8041       break;
8042     default:
8043       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8044       break;
8045     }
8046 
8047     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8048       IsTrue = false;
8049     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8050       IsTrue = true;
8051     } else {
8052       return;
8053     }
8054   }
8055 
8056   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8057   // constant in the diagnostic.
8058   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8059   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8060     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8061 
8062   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8063   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8064   if (ED)
8065     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8066   else
8067     OS << Value;
8068 
8069   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8070     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8071     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8072         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8073         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8074         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8075 }
8076 
8077 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8078 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8079 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8080   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8081   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8082 }
8083 
8084 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8085 ///
8086 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8087 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8088   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8089   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8090 
8091   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8092   // the same type.
8093   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8094     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8095 
8096   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8097   if (E->isValueDependent())
8098     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8099 
8100   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8101   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8102 
8103   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8104 
8105   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8106   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8107   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8108     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8109     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8110       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8111     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8112     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8113       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8114     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8115         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8116     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8117       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8118     else
8119       IsComparisonConstant =
8120         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8121   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8122       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8123 
8124   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8125   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8126   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8127   //
8128   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8129   // whose result is a constant.
8130   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8131     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8132 
8133   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8134   // signedness.
8135   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8136   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8137     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8138            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8139     signedOperand = LHS;
8140     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8141   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8142     signedOperand = RHS;
8143     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8144   } else {
8145     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8146     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8147   }
8148 
8149   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8150   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8151 
8152   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8153   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8154   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8155   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8156 
8157   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8158   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8159   // or false.
8160   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8161     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8162 
8163   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8164   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8165   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8166   // change the result of the comparison.
8167   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8168     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8169     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8170 
8171     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8172     // non-negative.
8173     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8174 
8175     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8176       return;
8177   }
8178 
8179   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8180     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8181       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8182       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8183 }
8184 
8185 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8186 ///
8187 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8188 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8189                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8190   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8191   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8192     return false;
8193 
8194   // White-list bool bitfields.
8195   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8196     return false;
8197 
8198   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8199   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8200       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8201       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8202       Init->isTypeDependent())
8203     return false;
8204 
8205   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8206 
8207   llvm::APSInt Value;
8208   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
8209     return false;
8210 
8211   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8212   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8213 
8214   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8215     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8216       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8217         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8218 
8219   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8220     return false;
8221 
8222   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8223   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8224   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
8225 
8226   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
8227   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
8228   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
8229     return false;
8230 
8231   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
8232   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
8233   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
8234     return false;
8235 
8236   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
8237   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
8238 
8239   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
8240     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
8241     << Init->getSourceRange();
8242 
8243   return true;
8244 }
8245 
8246 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
8247 /// operations.
8248 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8249   // Just recurse on the LHS.
8250   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8251 
8252   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
8253   // a bitfield.
8254   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
8255     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
8256                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
8257       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
8258       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8259                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
8260     }
8261   }
8262 
8263   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8264 }
8265 
8266 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8267 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
8268                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
8269                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8270   if (pruneControlFlow) {
8271     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8272                           S.PDiag(diag)
8273                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
8274                             << SourceRange(CContext));
8275     return;
8276   }
8277   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
8278     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8279 }
8280 
8281 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8282 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
8283                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8284   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
8285 }
8286 
8287 
8288 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
8289 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8290 
8291                              SourceLocation CContext) {
8292   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
8293   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
8294 
8295   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8296   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
8297   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
8298     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
8299       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8300 
8301   const bool IsLiteral =
8302       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
8303 
8304   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
8305   bool IsConstant =
8306     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
8307   if (!IsConstant) {
8308     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8309                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8310   }
8311 
8312   bool isExact = false;
8313 
8314   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
8315                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
8316   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
8317                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
8318       isExact) {
8319     if (IsLiteral) return;
8320     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
8321                            PruneWarnings);
8322   }
8323 
8324   unsigned DiagID = 0;
8325   if (IsLiteral) {
8326     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
8327     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
8328   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
8329     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
8330       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8331                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8332     }
8333     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
8334     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
8335   } else {
8336     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
8337       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
8338         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8339                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8340       }
8341     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
8342       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
8343           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
8344         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8345                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8346       }
8347     }
8348     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
8349     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
8350   }
8351 
8352   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
8353   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
8354   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
8355   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
8356   // tricky to implement.
8357   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
8358   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
8359   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
8360   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
8361 
8362   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
8363   if (IsBool)
8364     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
8365   else
8366     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
8367 
8368   if (PruneWarnings) {
8369     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8370                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
8371                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
8372                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8373                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
8374   } else {
8375     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
8376         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
8377         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8378   }
8379 }
8380 
8381 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
8382   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
8383 
8384   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
8385   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
8386   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
8387   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
8388 }
8389 
8390 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
8391   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
8392     return false;
8393 
8394   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8395   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
8396   const Type *Source =
8397     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
8398   if (Target->isDependentType())
8399     return false;
8400 
8401   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
8402     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
8403   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
8404 
8405   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
8406           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
8407 }
8408 
8409 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8410                                       SourceLocation CC) {
8411   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
8412   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
8413     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
8414     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
8415       continue;
8416 
8417     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
8418         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
8419     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
8420         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
8421     if (IsSwapped) {
8422       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
8423       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8424                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
8425                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8426     }
8427   }
8428 }
8429 
8430 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
8431   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
8432                         E->getExprLoc()))
8433     return;
8434 
8435   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
8436   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
8437     return;
8438 
8439   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
8440   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
8441       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
8442   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
8443     return;
8444 
8445   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
8446   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
8447       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
8448     return;
8449 
8450   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8451 
8452   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
8453   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
8454   // passed in.
8455   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
8456     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8457 
8458   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
8459     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
8460 
8461   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
8462   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
8463     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
8464         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
8465     if (MacroName == "NULL")
8466       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
8467   }
8468 
8469   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
8470   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
8471     return;
8472 
8473   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
8474       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
8475       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
8476                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
8477 }
8478 
8479 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8480                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
8481 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8482                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
8483 
8484 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
8485 /// target element type.
8486 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
8487                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
8488   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
8489   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
8490     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
8491         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8492       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
8493   }
8494 
8495   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
8496   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
8497   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
8498       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
8499                                          ElementResult,
8500                                          false, false)
8501         != Sema::Compatible) {
8502     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
8503            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
8504       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
8505       << Element->getSourceRange();
8506   }
8507 
8508   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
8509     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
8510   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
8511     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
8512 }
8513 
8514 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
8515 /// target type.
8516 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8517                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
8518   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
8519     return;
8520 
8521   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8522   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8523     return;
8524 
8525   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8526       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8527         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8528     return;
8529 
8530   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8531   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
8532     return;
8533 
8534   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
8535   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8536     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
8537                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
8538                                       0);
8539   }
8540 }
8541 
8542 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
8543 /// target type.
8544 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8545                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
8546   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
8547     return;
8548 
8549   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8550   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8551     return;
8552 
8553   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8554       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8555         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8556     return;
8557 
8558   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8559   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
8560     return;
8561 
8562   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
8563   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
8564   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8565     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
8566     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
8567     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
8568   }
8569 }
8570 
8571 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
8572 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
8573 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8574                                    SourceLocation CC) {
8575   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
8576   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
8577   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
8578   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8579     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
8580         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
8581     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
8582       return false;
8583   }
8584 
8585   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
8586   // assume it is an array initialization.
8587   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
8588     const char FirstContextCharacter =
8589         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
8590     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
8591       return false;
8592   }
8593 
8594   return true;
8595 }
8596 
8597 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8598                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
8599   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
8600 
8601   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
8602   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
8603   if (Source == Target) return;
8604   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
8605 
8606   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
8607   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
8608   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
8609   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
8610   // scenario, we just return.
8611   if (CC.isInvalid())
8612     return;
8613 
8614   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
8615   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
8616     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
8617       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
8618       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
8619       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
8620       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8621                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
8622     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
8623         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
8624       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
8625       // objects.
8626       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8627                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
8628     }
8629     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8630       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
8631       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
8632                                      SourceRange(CC));
8633     }
8634   }
8635 
8636   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
8637   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
8638   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
8639     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
8640   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
8641     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
8642 
8643   // Strip vector types.
8644   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8645     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8646       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8647         return;
8648       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8649     }
8650 
8651     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8652     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8653     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8654       return;
8655 
8656     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8657     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8658   }
8659   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8660     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8661 
8662   // Strip complex types.
8663   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8664     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8665       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8666         return;
8667 
8668       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8669     }
8670 
8671     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8672     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8673   }
8674 
8675   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8676   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8677 
8678   // If the source is floating point...
8679   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8680     // ...and the target is floating point...
8681     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8682       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
8683 
8684       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
8685       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
8686         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
8687         // representable in the target type.
8688         Expr::EvalResult result;
8689         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
8690           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
8691           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
8692                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
8693                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
8694             return;
8695         }
8696 
8697         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8698           return;
8699 
8700         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
8701       }
8702       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
8703       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
8704         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8705           return;
8706 
8707         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
8708       }
8709       return;
8710     }
8711 
8712     // If the target is integral, always warn.
8713     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
8714       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8715         return;
8716 
8717       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
8718     }
8719 
8720     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
8721     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
8722     // discover this typo:
8723     //
8724     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
8725     //
8726     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
8727     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
8728     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
8729       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
8730       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
8731       // is being cast to.
8732       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
8733       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
8734         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
8735         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8736         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
8737             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
8738           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
8739           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8740                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8741         }
8742       }
8743     }
8744     return;
8745   }
8746 
8747   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8748 
8749   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
8750 
8751   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
8752     return;
8753 
8754   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
8755   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
8756   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
8757     return;
8758 
8759   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
8760   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
8761 
8762   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
8763     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
8764     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
8765     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
8766     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
8767       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8768         return;
8769 
8770       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8771       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8772 
8773       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8774         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8775             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8776             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
8777             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8778       return;
8779     }
8780 
8781     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
8782     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8783       return;
8784 
8785     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
8786       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
8787                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
8788     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
8789   }
8790 
8791   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
8792       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
8793     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
8794     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
8795     // cause a negative value to be stored.
8796 
8797     llvm::APSInt Value;
8798     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
8799         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
8800       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
8801         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8802         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8803 
8804         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8805             E->getExprLoc(), E,
8806             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8807                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
8808                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8809         return;
8810       }
8811     }
8812 
8813     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
8814   }
8815 
8816   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
8817       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
8818        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
8819     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8820       return;
8821 
8822     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
8823 
8824     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
8825     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
8826     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
8827     // in the sign-compare group.
8828     // The conditional-checking code will
8829     if (ICContext) {
8830       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
8831       *ICContext = true;
8832     }
8833 
8834     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
8835   }
8836 
8837   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
8838   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
8839   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
8840   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
8841   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8842     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
8843       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
8844         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8845         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
8846         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
8847       }
8848   }
8849 
8850   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
8851     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
8852       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8853           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8854           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
8855         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8856           return;
8857 
8858         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
8859                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
8860       }
8861 }
8862 
8863 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8864                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
8865 
8866 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8867                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
8868   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8869 
8870   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
8871     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
8872 
8873   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8874   if (E->getType() != T)
8875     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
8876 }
8877 
8878 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8879                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
8880   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
8881 
8882   bool Suspicious = false;
8883   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8884   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8885 
8886   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
8887   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
8888   if (!Suspicious) return;
8889 
8890   // ...but it's currently ignored...
8891   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
8892     return;
8893 
8894   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
8895   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
8896   if (E->getType() == T) return;
8897 
8898   Suspicious = false;
8899   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8900                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8901   if (!Suspicious)
8902     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8903                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8904 }
8905 
8906 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
8907 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
8908 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8909   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
8910     return;
8911   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
8912 }
8913 
8914 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
8915 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
8916 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
8917 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
8918   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
8919   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8920 
8921   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
8922     return;
8923 
8924   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
8925   // were being fed directly into the output.
8926   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8927     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
8928     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
8929     return;
8930   }
8931 
8932   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
8933   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
8934     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
8935 
8936   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
8937   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
8938   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
8939   if (E->getType() != T)
8940     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8941 
8942   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
8943 
8944   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
8945     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
8946     // as transitive children.
8947     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
8948     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
8949       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
8950         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
8951   }
8952 
8953   // Skip past explicit casts.
8954   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8955     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8956     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8957   }
8958 
8959   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8960     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
8961     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
8962       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
8963 
8964     // And with simple assignments.
8965     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
8966       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
8967   }
8968 
8969   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
8970   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
8971   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
8972   // built into statements.
8973   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
8974 
8975   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
8976   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
8977 
8978   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
8979   CC = E->getExprLoc();
8980   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
8981   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
8982   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
8983     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
8984     if (!ChildExpr)
8985       continue;
8986 
8987     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
8988         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8989       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
8990       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
8991       continue;
8992     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
8993   }
8994 
8995   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
8996     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8997     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
8998       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
8999 
9000     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9001     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9002       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9003   }
9004 
9005   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9006     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9007       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9008 }
9009 
9010 } // end anonymous namespace
9011 
9012 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9013                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
9014   bool IllegalParams = false;
9015   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I) {
9016     QualType Ty = TheCall->getArg(I)->getType();
9017     // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9018     // allow any integer within 32 bits range
9019     if (!Ty->isIntegerType() ||
9020         S.Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity() > 4) {
9021       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart(),
9022              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9023       IllegalParams = true;
9024     }
9025     // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9026     // using -Wconversion.
9027     CheckImplicitConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(I), S.Context.UnsignedIntTy,
9028                             TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart());
9029   }
9030   return IllegalParams;
9031 }
9032 
9033 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9034 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9035 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9036                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9037   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9038 
9039   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9040 
9041   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9042     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9043       return false;
9044   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9045     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9046       return false;
9047   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9048     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9049       return false;
9050     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9051   } else {
9052     return false;
9053   }
9054 
9055   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9056 
9057   // If possible, point to location of function.
9058   if (FD) {
9059     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9060   }
9061 
9062   return true;
9063 }
9064 
9065 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9066 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9067 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9068 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9069   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9070     return false;
9071 
9072   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9073     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9074       return true;
9075     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9076   }
9077 
9078   return false;
9079 }
9080 
9081 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9082 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9083 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9084 /// compared to a null pointer
9085 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9086 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9087 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9088                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9089                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9090   if (!E)
9091     return;
9092 
9093   // Don't warn inside macros.
9094   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9095     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9096     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9097         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9098       return;
9099   }
9100   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9101 
9102   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9103 
9104   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9105     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9106                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9107     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9108     return;
9109   }
9110 
9111   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9112 
9113   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9114     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9115       return;
9116     IsAddressOf = true;
9117     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9118   }
9119 
9120   if (IsAddressOf) {
9121     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9122                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9123                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9124     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9125                                          << IsEqual;
9126     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9127       return;
9128     }
9129   }
9130 
9131   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9132     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9133     std::string Str;
9134     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9135     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9136     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9137                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9138     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9139       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9140     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9141   };
9142 
9143   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9144   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9145     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9146       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9147         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9148         return;
9149       }
9150     }
9151   }
9152 
9153   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9154   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9155   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9156     D = R->getDecl();
9157   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9158     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9159   }
9160 
9161   // Weak Decls can be null.
9162   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9163     return;
9164 
9165   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9166   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9167     if (getCurFunction() &&
9168         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9169       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9170         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9171         return;
9172       }
9173 
9174       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9175         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9176         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9177         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9178 
9179         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9180           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9181               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9182               return;
9183           }
9184 
9185           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9186             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9187               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9188               return;
9189             }
9190           }
9191         }
9192       }
9193     }
9194   }
9195 
9196   QualType T = D->getType();
9197   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9198   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9199 
9200   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9201   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9202     return;
9203   }
9204 
9205   // Found nothing.
9206   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9207     return;
9208 
9209   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9210   std::string Str;
9211   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9212   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9213 
9214   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9215                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9216   enum {
9217     AddressOf,
9218     FunctionPointer,
9219     ArrayPointer
9220   } DiagType;
9221   if (IsAddressOf)
9222     DiagType = AddressOf;
9223   else if (IsFunction)
9224     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9225   else if (IsArray)
9226     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9227   else
9228     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
9229   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
9230                                 << Range << IsEqual;
9231 
9232   if (!IsFunction)
9233     return;
9234 
9235   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
9236   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
9237       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
9238 
9239   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
9240   QualType ReturnType;
9241   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
9242   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
9243   if (ReturnType.isNull())
9244     return;
9245 
9246   if (IsCompare) {
9247     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
9248     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
9249     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
9250     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
9251       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
9252           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
9253         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
9254           return;
9255       } else {
9256         return;
9257       }
9258     }
9259   } else { // !IsCompare
9260     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
9261     // return type.
9262     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9263       return;
9264   }
9265   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
9266       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
9267 }
9268 
9269 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
9270 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
9271 /// and -Wsign-compare.
9272 ///
9273 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
9274 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
9275 ///   conversion
9276 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9277   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
9278   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
9279     return;
9280 
9281   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
9282   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9283     return;
9284 
9285   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
9286   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
9287   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
9288   CheckArrayAccess(E);
9289 
9290   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
9291   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
9292 }
9293 
9294 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9295 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9296 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9297   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
9298 }
9299 
9300 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
9301 /// results in integer overflow
9302 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
9303   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
9304   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
9305 
9306   do {
9307     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
9308 
9309     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9310       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
9311       continue;
9312     }
9313 
9314     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
9315       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
9316   } while (!Exprs.empty());
9317 }
9318 
9319 namespace {
9320 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
9321 /// same object.
9322 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
9323   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
9324 
9325   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
9326   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
9327   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
9328   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
9329   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
9330   class SequenceTree {
9331     struct Value {
9332       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
9333       unsigned Parent : 31;
9334       unsigned Merged : 1;
9335     };
9336     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
9337 
9338   public:
9339     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
9340     /// to some other region.
9341     class Seq {
9342       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
9343       unsigned Index;
9344       friend class SequenceTree;
9345     public:
9346       Seq() : Index(0) {}
9347     };
9348 
9349     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
9350     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
9351 
9352     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
9353     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
9354     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
9355     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
9356       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
9357       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
9358     }
9359 
9360     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
9361     void merge(Seq S) {
9362       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
9363     }
9364 
9365     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
9366     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
9367     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
9368     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
9369       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
9370       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
9371       while (C >= Target) {
9372         if (C == Target)
9373           return true;
9374         C = Values[C].Parent;
9375       }
9376       return false;
9377     }
9378 
9379   private:
9380     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
9381     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
9382       if (Values[K].Merged)
9383         // Perform path compression as we go.
9384         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
9385       return K;
9386     }
9387   };
9388 
9389   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
9390   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
9391 
9392   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
9393   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
9394   enum UsageKind {
9395     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
9396     UK_Use,
9397     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
9398     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
9399     UK_ModAsValue,
9400     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
9401     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
9402     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
9403 
9404     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
9405   };
9406 
9407   struct Usage {
9408     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
9409     Expr *Use;
9410     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
9411   };
9412 
9413   struct UsageInfo {
9414     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
9415     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
9416     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
9417     bool Diagnosed;
9418   };
9419   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
9420 
9421   Sema &SemaRef;
9422   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
9423   SequenceTree Tree;
9424   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
9425   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
9426   /// The region we are currently within.
9427   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
9428   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
9429   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
9430   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
9431   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
9432   /// stack usage.
9433   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
9434 
9435   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
9436   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
9437   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
9438   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
9439   /// UK_ModAsValue.
9440   struct SequencedSubexpression {
9441     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
9442       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
9443       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
9444     }
9445     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
9446       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
9447         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
9448         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
9449         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
9450         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
9451       }
9452       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
9453     }
9454 
9455     SequenceChecker &Self;
9456     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
9457     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
9458   };
9459 
9460   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
9461   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
9462   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
9463   /// the outer expression.
9464   class EvaluationTracker {
9465   public:
9466     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
9467         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
9468       Self.EvalTracker = this;
9469     }
9470     ~EvaluationTracker() {
9471       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
9472       if (Prev)
9473         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
9474     }
9475 
9476     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
9477       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
9478         return false;
9479       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
9480       return EvalOK;
9481     }
9482 
9483   private:
9484     SequenceChecker &Self;
9485     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
9486     bool EvalOK;
9487   } *EvalTracker;
9488 
9489   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
9490   /// if any.
9491   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
9492     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
9493     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9494       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
9495         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
9496     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9497       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
9498         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
9499       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
9500         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
9501     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9502       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
9503       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9504         return ME->getMemberDecl();
9505     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9506       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
9507       return DRE->getDecl();
9508     return nullptr;
9509   }
9510 
9511   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
9512   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
9513     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
9514     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
9515       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
9516         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
9517       U.Use = Ref;
9518       U.Seq = Region;
9519     }
9520   }
9521   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
9522   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
9523                   bool IsModMod) {
9524     if (UI.Diagnosed)
9525       return;
9526 
9527     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
9528     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
9529       return;
9530 
9531     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
9532     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
9533     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
9534       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
9535 
9536     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
9537                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
9538                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
9539       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
9540     UI.Diagnosed = true;
9541   }
9542 
9543   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9544     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9545     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
9546     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
9547   }
9548   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9549     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9550     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
9551     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
9552   }
9553 
9554   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
9555     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9556     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
9557     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
9558     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
9559   }
9560   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
9561     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9562     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
9563     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
9564   }
9565 
9566 public:
9567   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
9568       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
9569         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
9570     Visit(E);
9571   }
9572 
9573   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9574     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
9575   }
9576 
9577   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9578     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
9579     Base::VisitStmt(E);
9580   }
9581 
9582   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
9583     Object O = Object();
9584     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9585       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
9586 
9587     if (O)
9588       notePreUse(O, E);
9589     VisitExpr(E);
9590     if (O)
9591       notePostUse(O, E);
9592   }
9593 
9594   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9595     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
9596     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
9597     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
9598     //   effect associated with the right expression.
9599     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9600     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9601     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
9602 
9603     {
9604       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
9605       Region = LHS;
9606       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9607     }
9608 
9609     Region = RHS;
9610     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9611 
9612     Region = OldRegion;
9613 
9614     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
9615     // with respect to other stuff.
9616     Tree.merge(LHS);
9617     Tree.merge(RHS);
9618   }
9619 
9620   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9621     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
9622     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
9623     // map afterwards.
9624     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
9625     if (!O)
9626       return VisitExpr(BO);
9627 
9628     notePreMod(O, BO);
9629 
9630     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
9631     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
9632     //   only once.
9633     //
9634     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
9635     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
9636     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9637       notePreUse(O, BO);
9638 
9639     Visit(BO->getLHS());
9640 
9641     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9642       notePostUse(O, BO);
9643 
9644     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9645 
9646     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
9647     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
9648     //   assignment expression.
9649     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
9650     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9651                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9652   }
9653 
9654   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
9655     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
9656   }
9657 
9658   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9659   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9660   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9661     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9662     if (!O)
9663       return VisitExpr(UO);
9664 
9665     notePreMod(O, UO);
9666     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9667     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
9668     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9669     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9670                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9671   }
9672 
9673   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9674   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9675   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9676     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9677     if (!O)
9678       return VisitExpr(UO);
9679 
9680     notePreMod(O, UO);
9681     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9682     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9683   }
9684 
9685   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
9686   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9687     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
9688     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
9689     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
9690     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
9691     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9692     {
9693       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9694       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9695     }
9696 
9697     bool Result;
9698     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9699       if (!Result)
9700         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9701     } else {
9702       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
9703       // entirely separate evaluation.
9704       //
9705       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
9706       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
9707       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
9708       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9709     }
9710   }
9711   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9712     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9713     {
9714       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9715       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9716     }
9717 
9718     bool Result;
9719     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9720       if (Result)
9721         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9722     } else {
9723       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9724     }
9725   }
9726 
9727   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
9728   // be chosen.
9729   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
9730     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9731     {
9732       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9733       Visit(CO->getCond());
9734     }
9735 
9736     bool Result;
9737     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
9738       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
9739     else {
9740       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
9741       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
9742     }
9743   }
9744 
9745   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
9746     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
9747     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
9748     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
9749     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
9750     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
9751     //   the value computation of its result].
9752     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9753     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
9754 
9755     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
9756   }
9757 
9758   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
9759     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
9760     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9761 
9762     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
9763       return VisitExpr(CCE);
9764 
9765     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9766     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9767     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9768     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
9769                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
9770          I != E; ++I) {
9771       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9772       Elts.push_back(Region);
9773       Visit(*I);
9774     }
9775 
9776     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9777     Region = Parent;
9778     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9779       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9780   }
9781 
9782   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
9783     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9784       return VisitExpr(ILE);
9785 
9786     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9787     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9788     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9789     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
9790       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
9791       if (!E) continue;
9792       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9793       Elts.push_back(Region);
9794       Visit(E);
9795     }
9796 
9797     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9798     Region = Parent;
9799     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9800       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9801   }
9802 };
9803 } // end anonymous namespace
9804 
9805 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
9806   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
9807   WorkList.push_back(E);
9808   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
9809     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
9810     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
9811   }
9812 }
9813 
9814 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
9815                               bool IsConstexpr) {
9816   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
9817   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
9818     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
9819   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
9820     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
9821   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
9822 }
9823 
9824 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
9825                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
9826                                        Expr *Init) {
9827   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
9828 }
9829 
9830 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
9831                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
9832   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
9833     return;
9834   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
9835     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9836     return;
9837   }
9838   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
9839     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9840     return;
9841   }
9842   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
9843     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
9844     return;
9845   }
9846 
9847   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
9848   if (!AT)
9849     return;
9850 
9851   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
9852     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
9853     return;
9854   }
9855 
9856   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
9857 }
9858 
9859 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
9860 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
9861 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
9862 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
9863 /// parameters are complete.
9864 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
9865                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
9866   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
9867   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
9868     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
9869     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
9870     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
9871     //
9872     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
9873     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
9874         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
9875                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9876       Param->setInvalidDecl();
9877       HasInvalidParm = true;
9878     }
9879 
9880     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
9881     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
9882     if (CheckParameterNames &&
9883         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
9884         !Param->isImplicit() &&
9885         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9886       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
9887 
9888     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
9889     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
9890     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
9891     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
9892     //   variable length array types.
9893     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
9894     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
9895     // information is added for it.
9896     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
9897 
9898     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
9899     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
9900     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
9901     // on the dtor.
9902     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
9903                                        .getCXXABI()
9904                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
9905       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
9906         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9907           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9908           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9909               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
9910               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
9911             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
9912             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
9913             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
9914           }
9915         }
9916       }
9917     }
9918 
9919     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
9920     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
9921     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
9922     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
9923     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
9924       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
9925         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
9926             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
9927   }
9928 
9929   return HasInvalidParm;
9930 }
9931 
9932 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
9933 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
9934 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
9935   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
9936   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
9937   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
9938     return;
9939 
9940   // Ignore dependent types.
9941   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
9942     return;
9943 
9944   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
9945   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
9946   if (!DestPtr) return;
9947 
9948   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
9949   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
9950   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9951   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
9952   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
9953 
9954   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
9955   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
9956   if (!SrcPtr) return;
9957   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
9958 
9959   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
9960   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
9961   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
9962   // includes 'void'.
9963   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9964 
9965   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
9966   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
9967 
9968   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
9969     << Op->getType() << T
9970     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
9971     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
9972     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
9973 }
9974 
9975 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
9976 /// array member of a struct.
9977 ///
9978 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
9979 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
9980 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
9981                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
9982   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
9983 
9984   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
9985   if (!FD) return false;
9986 
9987   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
9988   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
9989 
9990   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
9991   while (TInfo) {
9992     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
9993     // Look through typedefs.
9994     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
9995       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
9996       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
9997       continue;
9998     }
9999     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10000       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10001       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10002         return false;
10003     }
10004     break;
10005   }
10006 
10007   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10008   if (!RD) return false;
10009   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10010   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10011     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10012   }
10013 
10014   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10015   const Decl *D = FD;
10016   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10017     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10018       return false;
10019   return true;
10020 }
10021 
10022 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10023                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10024                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10025   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10026   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10027     return;
10028 
10029   const Type *EffectiveType =
10030       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10031   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10032   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10033     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10034   if (!ArrayTy)
10035     return;
10036 
10037   llvm::APSInt index;
10038   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10039     return;
10040   if (IndexNegated)
10041     index = -index;
10042 
10043   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10044   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10045     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10046   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10047     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10048 
10049   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10050     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10051     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10052       return;
10053 
10054     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10055     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10056       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10057       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10058       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10059       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10060       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10061       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10062         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10063         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10064         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10065         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10066         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10067           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10068       }
10069     }
10070 
10071     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10072       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10073     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10074       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10075 
10076     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10077     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10078     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10079     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10080     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10081       return;
10082 
10083     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10084     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10085     // code.
10086     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10087       return;
10088 
10089     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10090     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10091     // within a system header.
10092     if (ASE) {
10093       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10094           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10095       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10096         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10097             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10098         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10099           return;
10100       }
10101     }
10102 
10103     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10104     if (ASE)
10105       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10106 
10107     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10108                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10109                           << size.toString(10, true)
10110                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10111                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10112   } else {
10113     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10114     if (!ASE) {
10115       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10116       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10117     }
10118 
10119     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10120                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10121                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10122   }
10123 
10124   if (!ND) {
10125     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10126     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10127            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10128       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10129     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10130       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10131     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10132       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10133   }
10134 
10135   if (ND)
10136     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10137                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10138                           << ND->getDeclName());
10139 }
10140 
10141 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10142   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10143   while (expr) {
10144     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10145     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10146       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10147         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10148         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10149                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10150         return;
10151       }
10152       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10153         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10154         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10155           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10156                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10157         return;
10158       }
10159       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10160         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10161         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10162         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10163         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10164           case UO_AddrOf:
10165             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10166             break;
10167           case UO_Deref:
10168             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10169             break;
10170           default:
10171             return;
10172         }
10173         break;
10174       }
10175       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10176         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10177         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10178           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10179         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10180           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10181         return;
10182       }
10183       default:
10184         return;
10185     }
10186   }
10187 }
10188 
10189 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10190 
10191 namespace {
10192   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10193     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10194     VarDecl *Variable;
10195     SourceRange Range;
10196     SourceLocation Loc;
10197     bool Indirect;
10198 
10199     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
10200       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
10201       Range = e->getSourceRange();
10202     }
10203   };
10204 } // end anonymous namespace
10205 
10206 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
10207 /// a retain cycle.
10208 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10209   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
10210   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
10211   // __block and has an appropriate type.
10212   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10213     return false;
10214 
10215   owner.Variable = var;
10216   if (ref)
10217     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10218   return true;
10219 }
10220 
10221 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10222   while (true) {
10223     e = e->IgnoreParens();
10224     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
10225       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
10226       case CK_BitCast:
10227       case CK_LValueBitCast:
10228       case CK_LValueToRValue:
10229       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
10230         e = cast->getSubExpr();
10231         continue;
10232 
10233       default:
10234         return false;
10235       }
10236     }
10237 
10238     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
10239       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
10240       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10241         return false;
10242 
10243       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
10244       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
10245         return false;
10246 
10247       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10248       owner.Indirect = true;
10249       return true;
10250     }
10251 
10252     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
10253       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
10254       if (!var) return false;
10255       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
10256     }
10257 
10258     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
10259       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
10260 
10261       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
10262       e = member->getBase();
10263       continue;
10264     }
10265 
10266     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
10267       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
10268       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
10269         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
10270                                               ->IgnoreParens());
10271       if (!pre) return false;
10272       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
10273       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
10274       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
10275           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
10276             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
10277               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
10278           return false;
10279 
10280       owner.Indirect = true;
10281       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
10282         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10283         if (!owner.Variable)
10284           return false;
10285         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
10286         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
10287         return true;
10288       }
10289       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
10290                               ->getSourceExpr());
10291       continue;
10292     }
10293 
10294     // Array ivars?
10295 
10296     return false;
10297   }
10298 }
10299 
10300 namespace {
10301   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
10302     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
10303       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
10304         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
10305         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
10306     ASTContext &Context;
10307     VarDecl *Variable;
10308     Expr *Capturer;
10309     bool VarWillBeReased;
10310 
10311     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
10312       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
10313         Capturer = ref;
10314     }
10315 
10316     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
10317       if (Capturer) return;
10318       Visit(ref->getBase());
10319       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
10320         Capturer = ref;
10321     }
10322 
10323     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
10324       // Look inside nested blocks
10325       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
10326         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10327     }
10328 
10329     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
10330       if (Capturer) return;
10331       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
10332         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
10333     }
10334     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
10335       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
10336         return;
10337       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
10338       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
10339         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
10340           return;
10341         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
10342           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
10343           llvm::APSInt Value;
10344           VarWillBeReased =
10345             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
10346         }
10347       }
10348     }
10349   };
10350 } // end anonymous namespace
10351 
10352 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
10353 /// variable.
10354 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10355   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10356 
10357   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10358 
10359   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
10360   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
10361     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
10362     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
10363       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
10364       if (!e)
10365         return nullptr;
10366       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10367     }
10368   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
10369     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
10370       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
10371       if (Fn) {
10372         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
10373         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
10374           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
10375         }
10376       }
10377     }
10378   }
10379 
10380   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
10381   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
10382     return nullptr;
10383 
10384   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
10385   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10386   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
10387 }
10388 
10389 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
10390                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10391   assert(capturer);
10392   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10393 
10394   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
10395     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
10396   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
10397     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
10398 }
10399 
10400 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
10401 /// 'set'.
10402 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
10403   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
10404 
10405   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
10406   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
10407   if (str.startswith("set"))
10408     str = str.substr(3);
10409   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
10410     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
10411     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
10412       return false;
10413     str = str.substr(3);
10414   }
10415   else
10416     return false;
10417 
10418   if (str.empty()) return true;
10419   return !isLowercase(str.front());
10420 }
10421 
10422 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10423                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10424   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10425                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10426                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
10427   if (!IsMutableArray) {
10428     return None;
10429   }
10430 
10431   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10432 
10433   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
10434     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
10435   if (!MKOpt) {
10436     return None;
10437   }
10438 
10439   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10440 
10441   switch (MK) {
10442     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
10443     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
10444     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10445       return 0;
10446     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
10447       return 1;
10448 
10449     default:
10450       return None;
10451   }
10452 
10453   return None;
10454 }
10455 
10456 static
10457 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10458                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10459   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10460                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10461                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
10462   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
10463     return None;
10464   }
10465 
10466   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10467 
10468   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
10469     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
10470   if (!MKOpt) {
10471     return None;
10472   }
10473 
10474   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10475 
10476   switch (MK) {
10477     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
10478     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
10479     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
10480       return 0;
10481 
10482     default:
10483       return None;
10484   }
10485 
10486   return None;
10487 }
10488 
10489 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10490   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10491                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10492                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
10493 
10494   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10495                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10496                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
10497   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
10498     return None;
10499   }
10500 
10501   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10502 
10503   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
10504   if (!MKOpt) {
10505     return None;
10506   }
10507 
10508   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10509 
10510   switch (MK) {
10511     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
10512     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
10513     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10514     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
10515       return 0;
10516     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
10517       return 1;
10518   }
10519 
10520   return None;
10521 }
10522 
10523 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10524   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
10525     return;
10526   }
10527 
10528   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
10529 
10530   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10531       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10532       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
10533     return;
10534   }
10535 
10536   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
10537 
10538   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
10539   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
10540     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10541   }
10542 
10543   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
10544     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10545       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10546         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10547              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10548           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
10549       }
10550     }
10551   } else {
10552     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10553 
10554     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
10555       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10556     }
10557 
10558     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10559       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10560         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
10561           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
10562           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10563                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10564             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10565           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10566             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10567                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10568               << Decl->getName();
10569           }
10570         }
10571       }
10572     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10573       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10574         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
10575           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
10576           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10577                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10578             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10579           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10580                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10581             << Decl->getName();
10582         }
10583       }
10584     }
10585   }
10586 }
10587 
10588 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10589 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
10590   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
10591   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
10592     return;
10593 
10594   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
10595   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10596   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
10597     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
10598       return;
10599   } else {
10600     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
10601     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10602     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
10603     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
10604   }
10605 
10606   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
10607   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
10608     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
10609       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10610 }
10611 
10612 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10613 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
10614   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10615   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
10616     return;
10617 
10618   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
10619     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10620 }
10621 
10622 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
10623   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
10624   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
10625     return;
10626 
10627   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
10628   // location explicitly here.
10629   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
10630   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
10631 
10632   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
10633     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
10634 }
10635 
10636 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10637                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10638   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
10639   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
10640   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
10641   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10642 
10643   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
10644   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
10645   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
10646   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
10647     return false;
10648 
10649   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
10650     << (unsigned) Kind
10651     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10652     << RHS->getSourceRange();
10653 
10654   return true;
10655 }
10656 
10657 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10658                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
10659                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10660   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10661   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10662     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10663       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10664         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10665         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10666         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10667       return true;
10668     }
10669     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10670   }
10671 
10672   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10673       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10674     return true;
10675 
10676   return false;
10677 }
10678 
10679 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10680                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10681   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
10682 
10683   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10684     return false;
10685 
10686   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
10687     return true;
10688 
10689   return false;
10690 }
10691 
10692 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10693                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10694   QualType LHSType;
10695   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
10696   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
10697   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
10698     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
10699   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
10700     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10701     if (PD)
10702       LHSType = PD->getType();
10703   }
10704 
10705   if (LHSType.isNull())
10706     LHSType = LHS->getType();
10707 
10708   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
10709 
10710   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
10711     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
10712       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
10713   }
10714 
10715   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
10716     return;
10717 
10718   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
10719   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
10720     return;
10721 
10722   if (PRE) {
10723     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
10724       return;
10725     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10726     if (!PD)
10727       return;
10728 
10729     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
10730     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
10731       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
10732       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
10733       // for lifetime info.
10734       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
10735       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
10736           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
10737         return;
10738 
10739       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10740         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10741           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
10742           << RHS->getSourceRange();
10743           return;
10744         }
10745         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10746       }
10747     }
10748     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
10749       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
10750         return;
10751     }
10752   }
10753 }
10754 
10755 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
10756 
10757 namespace {
10758 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
10759                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10760                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
10761   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
10762   //
10763   // #define CALL(x)
10764   // if (condition)
10765   //   CALL(0);
10766   //
10767   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
10768     return false;
10769 
10770   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
10771   bool StmtLineInvalid;
10772   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
10773                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
10774   if (StmtLineInvalid)
10775     return false;
10776 
10777   bool BodyLineInvalid;
10778   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
10779                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
10780   if (BodyLineInvalid)
10781     return false;
10782 
10783   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
10784   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
10785     return false;
10786 
10787   return true;
10788 }
10789 } // end anonymous namespace
10790 
10791 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10792                                  const Stmt *Body,
10793                                  unsigned DiagID) {
10794   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
10795   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
10796   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
10797     return;
10798 
10799   // The body should be a null statement.
10800   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10801   if (!NBody)
10802     return;
10803 
10804   // Do the usual checks.
10805   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10806     return;
10807 
10808   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10809   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10810 }
10811 
10812 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
10813                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
10814   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
10815 
10816   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
10817   const Stmt *Body;
10818   unsigned DiagID;
10819   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
10820     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
10821     Body = FS->getBody();
10822     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
10823   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
10824     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
10825     Body = WS->getBody();
10826     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
10827   } else
10828     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
10829 
10830   // The body should be a null statement.
10831   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10832   if (!NBody)
10833     return;
10834 
10835   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
10836   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
10837     return;
10838 
10839   // Do the usual checks.
10840   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10841     return;
10842 
10843   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
10844   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
10845   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
10846   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10847   //    {
10848   //      a(i);
10849   //    }
10850   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
10851   // than for/while itself:
10852   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10853   //      a(i);
10854   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
10855   if (!ProbableTypo) {
10856     bool BodyColInvalid;
10857     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10858                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
10859                              &BodyColInvalid);
10860     if (BodyColInvalid)
10861       return;
10862 
10863     bool StmtColInvalid;
10864     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10865                              S->getLocStart(),
10866                              &StmtColInvalid);
10867     if (StmtColInvalid)
10868       return;
10869 
10870     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
10871       ProbableTypo = true;
10872   }
10873 
10874   if (ProbableTypo) {
10875     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10876     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10877   }
10878 }
10879 
10880 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
10881 
10882 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
10883 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
10884                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10885   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
10886     return;
10887 
10888   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10889     return;
10890 
10891   // Strip parens and casts away.
10892   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10893   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10894 
10895   // Check for a call expression
10896   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
10897   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
10898     return;
10899 
10900   // Check for a call to std::move
10901   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10902   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
10903       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
10904     return;
10905 
10906   // Get argument from std::move
10907   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
10908 
10909   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10910   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10911 
10912   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
10913   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10914     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10915       return;
10916     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10917         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10918       return;
10919 
10920     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10921                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10922                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10923     return;
10924   }
10925 
10926   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
10927   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
10928   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
10929   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
10930   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
10931   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
10932   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10933   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10934   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
10935     return;
10936 
10937   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
10938     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10939         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10940       return;
10941 
10942     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
10943     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
10944     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
10945     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
10946   }
10947 
10948   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
10949   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
10950   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10951     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10952       return;
10953     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10954         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10955       return;
10956 
10957     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10958                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10959                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10960     return;
10961   }
10962 
10963   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
10964     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10965                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10966                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10967 }
10968 
10969 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
10970 
10971 namespace {
10972 
10973 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
10974 
10975 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
10976 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
10977   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
10978   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
10979   // underlying type.
10980   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
10981          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
10982 }
10983 
10984 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
10985 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
10986   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
10987     return false;
10988 
10989   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
10990     return false;
10991 
10992   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
10993     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
10994     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
10995     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
10996 
10997     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
10998       return false;
10999   }
11000 
11001   return true;
11002 }
11003 
11004 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11005 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11006 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11007                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11008                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11009   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11010   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11011     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11012     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11013     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11014     // Check number of base classes.
11015     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11016       return false;
11017 
11018     // Check the base classes.
11019     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11020                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11021            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11022               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11023          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11024          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11025       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11026         return false;
11027     }
11028   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11029     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11030     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11031       return false;
11032   }
11033 
11034   // Check the fields.
11035   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11036                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11037                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11038                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11039   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11040     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11041       return false;
11042   }
11043   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11044     return false;
11045 
11046   return true;
11047 }
11048 
11049 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11050 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11051 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11052                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11053                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11054   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11055   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11056     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11057 
11058   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11059     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11060         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11061         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11062 
11063     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11064       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11065         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11066         (void) Result;
11067         assert(Result);
11068         break;
11069       }
11070     }
11071     if (I == E)
11072       return false;
11073   }
11074 
11075   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11076 }
11077 
11078 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11079   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11080     return false;
11081 
11082   if (RD1->isUnion())
11083     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11084   else
11085     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11086 }
11087 
11088 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11089 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11090   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11091     return false;
11092 
11093   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11094   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11095   // layout-compatible types.
11096   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11097     return true;
11098 
11099   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11100   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11101 
11102   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11103   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11104 
11105   if (TC1 != TC2)
11106     return false;
11107 
11108   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11109     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11110                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11111                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11112   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11113     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11114       return false;
11115 
11116     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11117                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11118                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11119   }
11120 
11121   return false;
11122 }
11123 } // end anonymous namespace
11124 
11125 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11126 
11127 namespace {
11128 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11129 ///
11130 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11131 ///
11132 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11133 ///
11134 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11135 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11136                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11137   while(true) {
11138     if (!TypeExpr)
11139       return false;
11140 
11141     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11142 
11143     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11144     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11145       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11146       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11147         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11148         continue;
11149       }
11150       return false;
11151     }
11152 
11153     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11154       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11155       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11156       return true;
11157     }
11158 
11159     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11160       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11161       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11162       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11163         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11164         return true;
11165       } else
11166         return false;
11167     }
11168 
11169     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11170     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11171       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11172           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11173       bool Result;
11174       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11175         if (Result)
11176           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11177         else
11178           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11179         continue;
11180       }
11181       return false;
11182     }
11183 
11184     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11185       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11186       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11187         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11188         continue;
11189       }
11190       return false;
11191     }
11192 
11193     default:
11194       return false;
11195     }
11196   }
11197 }
11198 
11199 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
11200 ///
11201 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
11202 ///
11203 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
11204 ///
11205 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
11206 ///        kind.
11207 ///
11208 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
11209 ///
11210 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
11211 bool GetMatchingCType(
11212         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11213         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11214         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11215                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
11216         bool &FoundWrongKind,
11217         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
11218   FoundWrongKind = false;
11219 
11220   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
11221   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
11222 
11223   uint64_t MagicValue;
11224 
11225   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
11226     return false;
11227 
11228   if (VD) {
11229     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11230       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
11231         FoundWrongKind = true;
11232         return false;
11233       }
11234       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
11235       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
11236       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
11237       return true;
11238     }
11239     return false;
11240   }
11241 
11242   if (!MagicValues)
11243     return false;
11244 
11245   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11246                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
11247       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
11248   if (I == MagicValues->end())
11249     return false;
11250 
11251   TypeInfo = I->second;
11252   return true;
11253 }
11254 } // end anonymous namespace
11255 
11256 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11257                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
11258                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
11259                                       bool MustBeNull) {
11260   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
11261     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
11262         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
11263 
11264   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
11265   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
11266       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
11267 }
11268 
11269 namespace {
11270 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11271   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11272   if (!BT1)
11273     return false;
11274 
11275   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11276   if (!BT2)
11277     return false;
11278 
11279   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
11280   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
11281 
11282   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
11283          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
11284          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
11285          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
11286 }
11287 } // end anonymous namespace
11288 
11289 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
11290                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
11291   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
11292   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
11293 
11294   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
11295   bool FoundWrongKind;
11296   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
11297   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
11298                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
11299                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
11300     if (FoundWrongKind)
11301       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
11302            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
11303         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11304     return;
11305   }
11306 
11307   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
11308   if (IsPointerAttr) {
11309     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
11310     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
11311       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
11312           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
11313         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11314   }
11315   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
11316 
11317   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
11318   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
11319     return;
11320 
11321   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
11322     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
11323     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
11324                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
11325       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
11326            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
11327           << ArgumentKind->getName()
11328           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11329           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11330     }
11331     return;
11332   }
11333 
11334   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
11335   if (IsPointerAttr)
11336     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
11337 
11338   bool mismatch = false;
11339   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
11340     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11341 
11342     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
11343     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
11344     //
11345     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
11346     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
11347     if (mismatch)
11348       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11349                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
11350           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
11351         mismatch = false;
11352   } else
11353     if (IsPointerAttr)
11354       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
11355                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11356                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
11357     else
11358       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11359 
11360   if (mismatch)
11361     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
11362         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
11363         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
11364         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11365         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11366 }
11367 
11368 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
11369                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
11370   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11371 }
11372 
11373 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
11374   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
11375     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
11376     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
11377       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
11378         ND = TD;
11379     }
11380     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
11381         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
11382   }
11383   MisalignedMembers.clear();
11384 }
11385 
11386 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
11387   if (!T->isPointerType())
11388     return;
11389   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
11390       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
11391     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11392     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
11393       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
11394                           MisalignedMember(Op));
11395       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
11396           Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)
11397         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
11398     }
11399   }
11400 }
11401 
11402 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11403     Expr *E,
11404     std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, ValueDecl *, CharUnits)> Action) {
11405   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11406   while (ME && isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
11407     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
11408     if (ME->isArrow())
11409       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
11410     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11411 
11412     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
11413     bool ByteAligned = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()).isOne();
11414     if (ByteAligned) // Attribute packed does not have any effect.
11415       break;
11416 
11417     if (!ByteAligned &&
11418         (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || (MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()))) {
11419       CharUnits Alignment = std::min(Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()),
11420                                      Context.getTypeAlignInChars(BaseType));
11421       // Notify that this expression designates a member with reduced alignment
11422       Action(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11423       break;
11424     }
11425     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase());
11426   }
11427 }
11428 
11429 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
11430   using namespace std::placeholders;
11431   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11432       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
11433                      _2, _3, _4));
11434 }
11435 
11436